INSERT INTO `wp_posts` VALUES (5611,16,'2011-10-06 08:58:21','2011-10-06 08:58:21','Well, Apple has been in the news quite a lot this week. And being iPhoneographers and fans of Apple, we couldn\'t let this week go by without writing a post. Originally, we were going to launch right into the iPhone stuff...but with the very sad news of Steve Jobs passing on Wednesday we couldn\'t possibly start a post about the iPhone without mentioning the revolutionary man himself. Steve Jobs was a truly great visionary, who changed the world of technology forever with his forward thinking...he will be greatly missed, and our hearts go out to his family who will surely feel his loss most profoundly. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"283\"  alt=\"iPhone 4S \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/iphoneheader.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nRegarding Apple\'s big iPhone announcement this week (which feels a bit less important now...but I guess that\'s life...), we’ve been waiting on tenterhooks to find out just what Apple have been up to behind the iPhone scenes. Whilst we are super stoked that the new iPhone will have a major camera upgrade – and for many iPhoneographers that’s reason enough to get on board, but for some of us (myself included) this announcement leaves us in a bit of a quandary. Do we upgrade to iPhone 4S right away, or do we wait for the actual iPhone 5 which might be better still? It\'s the archetypical dilemma, you might say, should we follow advances in technology as soon as they come out? Or should we wait to get the upgraded technology at a later date and risk feeling left behind (read: totally jealous) until the next release.\n\nWell, for many of you this will depend on your mobile service provider and the way they handle your subscription. In many cases you get stuck with them for 2 years when you buy an iPhone contract, but Apple generally upgrades the device every year! So buying the iPhone 4S today means bypassing the iPhone 5 next year or paying out of the nose to upgrade when the 5 comes out. Let’s not even TALK about buying an iPhone off the shelf as for many of us this is just crazy business. \n\nSo we figured some of you might be in the same position we are in today…into iPhoneography but wondering whether or not to upgrade…? So here’s the upgrade situation as we see it. There’s essentially three types of iPhonographers: casual snappers, amateur enthusiasts, and pro photographers turned iPhoneographers. Which one are you? \n\nIf you take photos here and there, snap a photo occasionally, or only use your iPhone camera when you think of it – you’re a casual iPhoneographer. \n\nAmateur enthusiasts are a likely to be quite involved to totally obsessed with iPhoneography. They are snapping all the time, have tried all the apps, and are immersed in photo-sharing culture on Instagram and the like. \n\nPros turned iPhoneographers are pretty self-explanatory, and we’re seeing much more of this these days. Pro photogs going mobile are doing some amazing things with iPhoneography – and there will surely be more pros going this way as technology advances even further. Most pros are likely to upgrade anyway so this post doesn’t necessarily relate to them… \n\nSo are you thinking about upgrading? Well, there are a few good reasons you might consider upgrading: \n\n-	you are a casual iPhoneographer wanting to get more involved \n-	you want to print your photos larger than 8x10 size (that\'s what the additional megapixels will help you with)\n-	you take a lot of HDR or panoramic photos, and you do a lot of editing on the iPhone and want better and faster editing capabilities. \n-	you need a lot more space for photos (and especially videos), and you don\'t mind shelling out for the 64GB 4S.\n-	you are on a 3GS and want to not only upgrade your camera, but also have better luck with the iOS upgrade. \n\nLet me explain a few of those points above. \n\nThere’s a lot of hubbub about the upgraded 8 megapixel camera and we’re agreed that it will likely be a huge step up. But don’t forget that a camera of that size is also likely to be quite power-hungry, so despite the dual-core A5 chip, you may still experience slow processing. This point remains to be seen, so on that basis it might be worth waiting to see what the reviews say about actual processing speed on the iPhone 4S. Also, it goes without saying that if you’re still on the 3GS (like I am), you may also want to consider upgrading (to at least a 4, given that the iOS 5 update may wreak havoc on your phone). I’ve had a play around with iOS 5 on my own 3GS and have found it quite sluggish and slow, mind you it is still a BETA version…\n\nSo, what’s an iPhoneographer to do? Well, if you want to print your photos, you need more megapixels, and you need a lot more space then it’s a no-brainer. Upgrade. \n\nIf like me, you’re on the fence but know you need to go one way or another – perhaps wait until the 4S actually comes out to see what other iPhoneographers and reviewers are saying about the camera and editing capabilities. Of course, if you don’t upgrade you won’t get to try out Siri, and let’s face it, we all want a personal assistant in our pockets, so maybe you should just get the dang upgrade anyway...Apple does it again! \n','Upgrade to iPhone 4S? An iPhoneographers Point-of-View','','inherit','open','open','','5607-revision-3','','','2011-10-06 08:58:21','2011-10-06 08:58:21','',5607,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5607-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5612,16,'2011-10-06 08:59:07','2011-10-06 08:59:07','Well, Apple has been in the news quite a lot this week. And being iPhoneographers and fans of Apple, we couldn\'t let this week go by without writing a post. Originally, we were going to launch right into the iPhone stuff...but with the very sad news of Steve Jobs passing on Wednesday we couldn\'t possibly start a post about the iPhone without mentioning the revolutionary man himself. Steve Jobs was a truly great visionary, who changed the world of technology forever with his forward thinking...he will be greatly missed, and our hearts go out to his family who will surely feel his loss most profoundly. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"283\"  alt=\"iPhone 4S \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/iphoneheader.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nRegarding Apple\'s big iPhone announcement this week (which feels a bit less important now...but I guess that\'s life...), we’ve been waiting on tenterhooks to find out just what Apple have been up to behind the iPhone scenes. Whilst we are super stoked that the new iPhone will have a major camera upgrade – and for many iPhoneographers that’s reason enough to get on board, but for some of us (myself included) this announcement leaves us in a bit of a quandary. Do we upgrade to iPhone 4S right away, or do we wait for the actual iPhone 5 which might be better still? It\'s the archetypical dilemma, you might say, should we follow advances in technology as soon as they come out? Or should we wait to get the upgraded technology at a later date and risk feeling left behind (read: totally jealous) until the next release.\r\n\r\nWell, for many of you this will depend on your mobile service provider and the way they handle your subscription. In many cases you get stuck with them for 2 years when you buy an iPhone contract, but Apple generally upgrades the device every year! So buying the iPhone 4S today means bypassing the iPhone 5 next year or paying out of the nose to upgrade when the 5 comes out. Let’s not even TALK about buying an iPhone off the shelf as for many of us this is just crazy business. \r\n\r\nSo we figured some of you might be in the same position we are in today…into iPhoneography but wondering whether or not to upgrade…? So here’s the upgrade situation as we see it. <strong>There’s essentially three types of iPhonographers:</strong> casual snappers, amateur enthusiasts, and pro photographers turned iPhoneographers. Which one are you? \r\n\r\nIf you take photos here and there, snap a photo occasionally, or only use your iPhone camera when you think of it – you’re a <strong>casual iPhoneographer.</strong> \r\n\r\n<strong>Amateur enthusiasts</strong> are a likely to be quite involved to totally obsessed with iPhoneography. They are snapping all the time, have tried all the apps, and are immersed in photo-sharing culture on Instagram and the like. \r\n\r\n<strong>Pros turned iPhoneographers</strong> are pretty self-explanatory, and we’re seeing much more of this these days. Pro photogs going mobile are doing some amazing things with iPhoneography – and there will surely be more pros going this way as technology advances even further. Most pros are likely to upgrade anyway so this post doesn’t necessarily relate to them… \r\n\r\n<strong>So are you thinking about upgrading? Well, there are a few good reasons you might consider upgrading: </strong>\r\n\r\n-	you are a casual iPhoneographer wanting to get more involved \r\n-	you want to print your photos larger than 8x10 size (that\'s what the additional megapixels will help you with)\r\n-	you take a lot of HDR or panoramic photos, and you do a lot of editing on the iPhone and want better and faster editing capabilities. \r\n-	you need a lot more space for photos (and especially videos), and you don\'t mind shelling out for the 64GB 4S.\r\n-	you are on a 3GS and want to not only upgrade your camera, but also have better luck with the iOS upgrade. \r\n\r\nLet me explain a few of those points above. \r\n\r\nThere’s a lot of hubbub about the upgraded 8 megapixel camera and we’re agreed that it will likely be a huge step up. But don’t forget that a camera of that size is also likely to be quite power-hungry, so despite the dual-core A5 chip, you may still experience slow processing. This point remains to be seen, so on that basis it might be worth waiting to see what the reviews say about actual processing speed on the iPhone 4S. Also, it goes without saying that if you’re still on the 3GS (like I am), you may also want to consider upgrading (to at least a 4, given that the iOS 5 update may wreak havoc on your phone). I’ve had a play around with iOS 5 on my own 3GS and have found it quite sluggish and slow, mind you it is still a BETA version…\r\n\r\n<strong>So, what’s an iPhoneographer to do?</strong> Well, if you want to print your photos, you need more megapixels, and you need a lot more space then it’s a no-brainer. Upgrade. \r\n\r\nIf like me, you’re on the fence but know you need to go one way or another – perhaps wait until the 4S actually comes out to see what other iPhoneographers and reviewers are saying about the camera and editing capabilities. Of course, if you don’t upgrade you won’t get to try out Siri, and let’s face it, we all want a personal assistant in our pockets, so maybe you should just get the dang upgrade anyway...Apple does it again! \r\n','Upgrade to iPhone 4S? An iPhoneographers Point-of-View','','inherit','open','open','','5607-revision-4','','','2011-10-06 08:59:07','2011-10-06 08:59:07','',5607,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5607-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5613,16,'2011-10-06 08:59:20','2011-10-06 08:59:20','Well, Apple has been in the news quite a lot this week. And being iPhoneographers and fans of Apple, we couldn\'t let this week go by without writing a post. Originally, we were going to launch right into the iPhone stuff...but with the very sad news of Steve Jobs passing on Wednesday we couldn\'t possibly start a post about the iPhone without mentioning the revolutionary man himself. Steve Jobs was a truly great visionary, who changed the world of technology forever with his forward thinking...he will be greatly missed, and our hearts go out to his family who will surely feel his loss most profoundly. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"283\"  alt=\"iPhone 4S \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/iphoneheader.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nRegarding Apple\'s big iPhone announcement this week (which feels a bit less important now...but I guess that\'s life...), we’ve been waiting on tenterhooks to find out just what Apple have been up to behind the iPhone scenes. Whilst we are super stoked that the new iPhone will have a major camera upgrade – and for many iPhoneographers that’s reason enough to get on board, but for some of us (myself included) this announcement leaves us in a bit of a quandary. Do we upgrade to iPhone 4S right away, or do we wait for the actual iPhone 5 which might be better still? It\'s the archetypical dilemma, you might say, should we follow advances in technology as soon as they come out? Or should we wait to get the upgraded technology at a later date and risk feeling left behind (read: totally jealous) until the next release.\r\n\r\nWell, for many of you this will depend on your mobile service provider and the way they handle your subscription. In many cases you get stuck with them for 2 years when you buy an iPhone contract, but Apple generally upgrades the device every year! So buying the iPhone 4S today means bypassing the iPhone 5 next year or paying out of the nose to upgrade when the 5 comes out. Let’s not even TALK about buying an iPhone off the shelf as for many of us this is just crazy business. \r\n\r\nSo we figured some of you might be in the same position we are in today…into iPhoneography but wondering whether or not to upgrade…? So here’s the upgrade situation as we see it. <strong>There’s essentially three types of iPhonographers:</strong> casual snappers, amateur enthusiasts, and pro photographers turned iPhoneographers. Which one are you? \r\n\r\nIf you take photos here and there, snap a photo occasionally, or only use your iPhone camera when you think of it – you’re a <strong>casual iPhoneographer.</strong> \r\n\r\n<strong>Amateur enthusiasts</strong> are a likely to be quite involved to totally obsessed with iPhoneography. They are snapping all the time, have tried all the apps, and are immersed in photo-sharing culture on Instagram and the like. \r\n\r\n<strong>Pros turned iPhoneographers</strong> are pretty self-explanatory, and we’re seeing much more of this these days. Pro photogs going mobile are doing some amazing things with iPhoneography – and there will surely be more pros going this way as technology advances even further. Most pros are likely to upgrade anyway so this post doesn’t necessarily relate to them… \r\n\r\n<strong>So are you thinking about upgrading? Well, there are a few good reasons you might consider upgrading: </strong>\r\n\r\n-	you are a casual iPhoneographer wanting to get more involved \r\n-	you want to print your photos larger than 8x10 size (that\'s what the additional megapixels will help you with)\r\n-	you take a lot of HDR or panoramic photos, and you do a lot of editing on the iPhone and want better and faster editing capabilities. \r\n-	you need a lot more space for photos (and especially videos), and you don\'t mind shelling out for the 64GB 4S.\r\n-	you are on a 3GS and want to not only upgrade your camera, but also have better luck with the iOS upgrade. \r\n\r\nLet me explain a few of those points above. \r\n\r\nThere’s a lot of hubbub about the upgraded 8 megapixel camera and we’re agreed that it will likely be a huge step up. But don’t forget that a camera of that size is also likely to be quite power-hungry, so despite the dual-core A5 chip, you may still experience slow processing. This point remains to be seen, so on that basis it might be worth waiting to see what the reviews say about actual processing speed on the iPhone 4S. Also, it goes without saying that if you’re still on the 3GS (like I am), you may also want to consider upgrading (to at least a 4, given that the iOS 5 update may wreak havoc on your phone). I’ve had a play around with iOS 5 on my own 3GS and have found it quite sluggish and slow, mind you it is still a BETA version…\r\n\r\n<strong>So, what’s an iPhoneographer to do?</strong> Well, if you want to print your photos, you need more megapixels, and you need a lot more space then it’s a no-brainer. Upgrade. \r\n\r\nIf like me, you’re on the fence but know you need to go one way or another – perhaps wait until the 4S actually comes out to see what other iPhoneographers and reviewers are saying about the camera and editing capabilities. Of course, if you don’t upgrade you won’t get to try out Siri, and let’s face it, we all want a personal assistant in our pockets, so maybe you should just get the dang upgrade anyway...Apple does it again! \r\n','Upgrade to iPhone 4S? An iPhoneographers Point-of-View','','inherit','open','open','','5607-revision-5','','','2011-10-06 08:59:20','2011-10-06 08:59:20','',5607,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5607-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5614,16,'2011-10-06 08:59:50','2011-10-06 08:59:50','Well, Apple has been in the news quite a lot this week. And being iPhoneographers and fans of Apple, we couldn\'t let this week go by without writing a post. Originally, we were going to launch right into the iPhone stuff...but with the very sad news of Steve Jobs passing on Wednesday we couldn\'t possibly start a post about the iPhone without mentioning the revolutionary man himself. Steve Jobs was a truly great visionary, who changed the world of technology forever with his forward thinking...he will be greatly missed, and our hearts go out to his family who will surely feel his loss most profoundly. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"283\"  alt=\"iPhone 4S \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/iphoneheader.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nRegarding Apple\'s big iPhone announcement this week (which feels a bit less important now...but I guess that\'s life...), we’ve been waiting on tenterhooks to find out just what Apple have been up to behind the iPhone scenes. Whilst we are super stoked that the new iPhone will have a major camera upgrade – and for many iPhoneographers that’s reason enough to get on board, but for some of us (myself included) this announcement leaves us in a bit of a quandary. Do we upgrade to iPhone 4S right away, or do we wait for the actual iPhone 5 which might be better still? It\'s the archetypical dilemma, you might say, should we follow advances in technology as soon as they come out? Or should we wait to get the upgraded technology at a later date and risk feeling left behind (read: totally jealous) until the next release.\r\n\r\nWell, for many of you this will depend on your mobile service provider and the way they handle your subscription. In many cases you get stuck with them for 2 years when you buy an iPhone contract, but Apple generally upgrades the device every year! So buying the iPhone 4S today means bypassing the iPhone 5 next year or paying out of the nose to upgrade when the 5 comes out. Let’s not even TALK about buying an iPhone off the shelf as for many of us this is just crazy business. \r\n\r\nSo we figured some of you might be in the same position we are in today…into iPhoneography but wondering whether or not to upgrade…? So here’s the upgrade situation as we see it. <strong>There’s essentially three types of iPhonographers:</strong> casual snappers, amateur enthusiasts, and pro photographers turned iPhoneographers. Which one are you? \r\n\r\nIf you take photos here and there, snap a photo occasionally, or only use your iPhone camera when you think of it – you’re a <strong>casual iPhoneographer.</strong> \r\n\r\n<strong>Amateur enthusiasts</strong> are a likely to be quite involved to totally obsessed with iPhoneography. They are snapping all the time, have tried all the apps, and are immersed in photo-sharing culture on Instagram and the like. \r\n\r\n<strong>Pros turned iPhoneographers</strong> are pretty self-explanatory, and we’re seeing much more of this these days. Pro photogs going mobile are doing some amazing things with iPhoneography – and there will surely be more pros going this way as technology advances even further. Most pros are likely to upgrade anyway so this post doesn’t necessarily relate to them… \r\n\r\n<strong>So are you thinking about upgrading? Well, there are a few good reasons you might consider upgrading: </strong>\r\n\r\n-	you are a casual iPhoneographer wanting to get more involved \r\n-	you want to print your photos larger than 8x10 size (that\'s what the additional megapixels will help you with)\r\n-	you take a lot of HDR or panoramic photos, and you do a lot of editing on the iPhone and want better and faster editing capabilities. \r\n-	you need a lot more space for photos (and especially videos), and you don\'t mind shelling out for the 64GB 4S.\r\n-	you are on a 3GS and want to not only upgrade your camera, but also have better luck with the iOS upgrade. \r\n\r\nLet me explain a few of those points above. \r\n\r\nThere’s a lot of hubbub about the upgraded 8 megapixel camera and we’re agreed that it will likely be a huge step up. But don’t forget that a camera of that size is also likely to be quite power-hungry, so despite the dual-core A5 chip, you may still experience slow processing. This point remains to be seen, so on that basis it might be worth waiting to see what the reviews say about actual processing speed on the iPhone 4S. Also, it goes without saying that if you’re still on the 3GS (like I am), you may also want to consider upgrading (to at least a 4, given that the iOS 5 update may wreak havoc on your phone). I’ve had a play around with iOS 5 on my own 3GS and have found it quite sluggish and slow, mind you it is still a BETA version…\r\n\r\n<strong>So, what’s an iPhoneographer to do?</strong> Well, if you want to print your photos, you need more megapixels, and you need a lot more space then it’s a no-brainer. Upgrade. \r\n\r\nIf like me, you’re on the fence but know you need to go one way or another – perhaps wait until the 4S actually comes out to see what other iPhoneographers and reviewers are saying about the camera and editing capabilities. Of course, if you don’t upgrade you won’t get to try out Siri, and let’s face it, we all want a personal assistant in our pockets, so maybe you should just get the dang upgrade anyway...Apple does it again! \r\n','Upgrade to iPhone 4S? An iPhoneographers Point-of-View','','inherit','open','open','','5607-revision-6','','','2011-10-06 08:59:50','2011-10-06 08:59:50','',5607,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5607-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5615,16,'2011-10-12 08:00:10','2011-10-12 08:00:10','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com\" title=\"Get your free Instagram eBook here\">on the home page.</a>\r\n\r\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \r\n\r\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"458\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"708\" height=\"344\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \r\n','Download All Your Instagram Photos','','publish','open','open','','download-all-your-instagram-photos','','','2011-10-11 07:51:41','2011-10-11 07:51:41','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5615',0,'post','',0),(5616,16,'2011-10-06 10:33:01','2011-10-06 10:33:01','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy here. \n\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \n\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \n\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \n\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \n\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \n\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \n','Download All Your Instagram Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision','','','2011-10-06 10:33:01','2011-10-06 10:33:01','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5617,16,'2011-10-06 10:34:21','2011-10-06 10:34:21','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy here. \r\n\r\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \r\n\r\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \r\n\r\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \r\n','Download All Your Instagram Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision-2','','','2011-10-06 10:34:21','2011-10-06 10:34:21','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5698,16,'2011-10-12 02:03:10','2011-10-12 02:03:10','Whether you’re shooting with your DSLR or your iPhone, sunsets are definitely a popular photographic subject! Most people shoot sunsets when they are away on vacation or holiday, or when they are travelling, but don’t forget you can get some great sunset shots wherever you live! With a little bit of planning and our photography tips for shooting sunsets you’ll be shooting beautiful sunsets wherever you are. What makes a good sunset photograph is difficult to say, but for most it is the feeling that is evoked when they see it, whether it be a sense of tranquillity, or serenity but for most it’s the feeling that they could step right into that photo and feel instantly relaxed. So first off, remember that you’re trying to evoke a feeling with a sunset photo – keep that in mind and you’re off to a good start. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"The Last Day, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tripax/5309623252/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>The Last Day</em>\r\nPhoto by Marc Benslahdine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>Forward Planning</h4> \r\n\r\nMost people shoot sunsets spontaneously, and while this does often get good results, a bit of planning ahead can ensure you get some awesome shots. Take a look around you and find some places that you think might get nice shots. Look not only for places where you can see the sun track all the way down, but also places that may provide for elements in the foreground and middle ground of your shot. Look for interesting shapes, trees, buildings, etc to provide silhouettes for your photo. \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"SEMEUR DE RÊVES - SOWER OF DREAMS - Bonne Année ! , on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/43057840@N00/5312423800/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"438\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>SEMEUR DE RÊVES - SOWER OF DREAMS - Bonne Année ! </em>\r\nPhoto by bleuet / Anne-Marie back slowly ;-)</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nAlso consider what equipment you might need before hand, a tripod is always a great idea for sunset photos, but if you’re shooting with an iPhone a good sturdy rock or other support will do. If you’re shooting with your DSLR, be sure to take a couple of different lenses, a wide angle or a zoom lens with different focal lengths is ideal…just take what you have and make the most of it when you get there. \r\n\r\nMake note of what time the sun sets, and plan to be there about half an hour before, so you can get set up. It is usually the twenty minutes before, and twenty minutes after the sun disappears when the light is best for shooting…don’t stop shooting just because the sun is gone! \r\n\r\n<h4>Composition</h4>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Andando..., on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/bombeador/4238718222/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Andando...</em>\r\nPhoto by Eduardo Amorim</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou can use a variety of different objects as focal points for your shot, as we mentioned above silhouettes are a great point of interest, but don’t forget that the sun can also be a good focal point in an of itself. A silhouette could be anything from a boat on the water, a pier or people, to various parts of the landscape including mountains, trees, buildings, or islands. Don’t forget that clouds can also be part of the composition! \r\n\r\nUse the rule of thirds when you need to fall back on a few composition tricks to make the most of what you’re shooting, but on the other hand don’t be afraid to try something new while you shoot. Rules are made to be broken. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting</h4> \r\n\r\nTake lots of shots, from lots of different angles and focal points. In some cases you may be physically limited by the landscape, for instance if you’re shooting on the shore, but if you don’t have a zoom lens then you can physically walk closer and further away to get a different perspective. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Square Sunset, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tripax/4929220497/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset4.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Square Sunset</em>\r\nPhoto by Marc Benslahdine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nShoot at different exposures. You can do this with both a DSLR or an iPhone – when using a DSLR try shooting in shutter priority mode and start with a very fast shutter moving slower and slower. As the shutter speed gets slower you will be more and more likely to need a tripod. If you’re shooting with an iPhone tap the viewfinder to set the exposure, to reset for a different exposure tap in a different place! Easy! \r\n\r\nOur last tip for shooting is to change your white balance out of “auto” into “cloudy” or “shade”. Both cloudy and shade will give you much warmer results, which is usually preferable when shooting the sun. If you leave your camera in auto white balance, you run the risk of altering that special warmth and glow you’re trying to achieve. If you’re shooting with an iPhone then why not try shooting in an app like Almost DSLR or editing your photo in an app like Photo Forge 2, where you’ll get good results by adjusting the white balance. \r\n\r\nFinally…if you don’t get good shots one night, try again the next night! It’s not an exact science, sometimes it comes together and other times it doesn’t…just have fun, you’re on vacation after all. \r\n','Photography Tips For Shooting Sunsets','','inherit','open','open','','5657-revision-7','','','2011-10-12 02:03:10','2011-10-12 02:03:10','',5657,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5657-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5619,16,'2011-10-06 11:51:04','2011-10-06 11:51:04','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \n\n<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\n\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, Paul and Dmitry, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development when one of them got his first iPhone. I joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time learning difficult software. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal plus many many more...and you\'ll see that all of them allow you to create real art in minutes. Last May we also started Mac app development and have released three applications: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way...go get it if you haven\'t already!! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally in USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets can\'t just spend all their time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Have you reached a wide audience with the app?</h4>\n\nOur flagship photography app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - with versions for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when Paul and Dmitrythought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When they first created FX Photo Studio it was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more features and the app turned to a real photo studio, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus the masking tool to paint with effects, the color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other features which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nFX Photo Studio has often been compared with PhotoShop as there\'s so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. Photoshop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and gives people a reason to say \"WOW!\", when they see your pictures. FX Photo Studio is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\n\nWhile FX Photo Studio is our flagship app on both iOS and Mac, we have just launched a brand new app for Mac only and that\'s been big news for us recently. Color Splash Studio for Mac is a very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not wanting to launch into full-on promotion, I will just suggest you check it out in the Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in most of the stores around the world! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"344\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But the current version 2.0 is still really awesome for creating photography and editing on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what I can create with all those filters and tools!! ','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio','','inherit','open','open','','5585-autosave','','','2011-10-06 11:51:04','2011-10-06 11:51:04','',5585,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5585-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(5620,16,'2011-10-06 08:26:54','2011-10-06 08:26:54','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development when one of them got his first iPhone. I joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time learning difficult software. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal plus many many more...and you\'ll see that all of them allow you to create real art in minutes. Last May we also started Mac app development and have released three applications: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way...go get it if you haven\'t already!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally in USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets can\'t just spend all their time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Have you reached a wide audience with the app?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur flagship photography app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - with versions for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when same two friends thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When they first created FX Photo Studio it was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more features and the app turned to a real photo studio, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus the masking tool to paint with effects, the color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other features which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nFX Photo Studio has often been compared with PhotoShop as there\'s so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. Photoshop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and gives people a reason to say \"WOW!\", when they see your pictures. FX Photo Studio is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\r\n\r\nWhile FX Photo Studio is our flagship app on both iOS and Mac, we have just launched a brand new app for Mac only and that\'s been big news for us recently. Color Splash Studio for Mac is a very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not wanting to launch into full-on promotion, I will just suggest you check it out in the Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in most of the stores around the world! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"344\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But the current version 2.0 is still really awesome for creating photography and editing on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what I can create with all those filters and tools!! ','Meet The Developers: MacPhun - FX Photo Studio','','inherit','open','open','','5585-revision-10','','','2011-10-06 08:26:54','2011-10-06 08:26:54','',5585,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5585-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5621,5,'2011-10-05 21:17:28','2011-10-05 21:17:28','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]Best viewed on a desktop computer! Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a><br>\r\n<br></strong>You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link, unless you have an app that allows you to read zip files.[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Email Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-27','','','2011-10-05 21:17:28','2011-10-05 21:17:28','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-27.html',0,'revision','',0),(5622,5,'2011-10-06 12:37:25','2011-10-06 12:37:25','<br>\r\n<br>\r\n<strong>Welcome aboard!</strong>\r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[onethird_columns height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]<center><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instabook.pdf\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1212\" title=\"Instagram Cover\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/instacover-sm1.jpg\" alt=\"Instagram Go-To Guide\"/></a></center>[/onethird_columns] [twothirds_columns_last height=\"280\" border=\"border\"]Best viewed on a desktop computer! Here\'s the link to<strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instabook.pdf\">download our Go-To Guide for Instagram (9mb pdf)</a><br>\r\n<br></strong>You can also download <strong> <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.s3.amazonaws.com/Instagram-go-to-guide-ebook.zip\">a zipped file (PDF inside)(8mb zip)</a></strong>, to avoid having the pdf opened inside the browser (especially with Google Chrome). If you have an iphone, avoid using this zip file link, unless you have an app that allows you to read zip files.[/twothirds_columns_last]\r\n\r\nWe\'ll be in touch soon with more great photography and iPhoneography tips, tricks, tutorials & guides! \r\n\r\n','Email Confirmed - Instagram Go-To Guide','','inherit','open','open','','5458-revision-28','','','2011-10-06 12:37:25','2011-10-06 12:37:25','',5458,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5458-revision-28.html',0,'revision','',0),(5623,16,'2011-10-07 08:01:26','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Thinking about upgrading to an #iphone4s ? You should read this #iphoneography point of view on the upgrade... http://tinyurl.com/6k93dx4','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-10-07 08:01:26','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5623',0,'tweet','',0),(5739,16,'2011-10-27 08:00:02','2011-10-27 08:00:02','Hey folks, it\'s been a very busy few weeks for us here at TBL and as such it\'s been a week or so since we\'ve had a chance to continue with the iPhoneographers series - but we\'re back and let me tell ya, it\'s a good one! We first saw Cole Rise\'s work through Instagram, as he\'s one of the very popular Instagramers - and it turns out Cole is also a photographer by trade. So read on for Cole\'s interview...psssst...awesome tips for creative iPhoneography ahead! You\'ve been warned.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Cole Rise 1\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/cole4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nThe affair started when I was really young actually, with the family camera. We had an old Canon SLR with a rather long zoom lens that my parents kept in a wicker picnic basket in their closet. Everything about it held my attention, from the feel of the focus ring, to the little red numbers that came up when you half-pressed the button, to the tiny knobs and film cranks and the sound it made when you took a picture. It was my cardboard spaceship, so to speak. I\'d sit and play with it for hours, even if it didn\'t have any film.\r\n\r\nAs I got older, that grew into a hobby. I\'d wander either around the house or around town with my digital camera, committing arbitrary little bits of life to a 32MB card. It was my version of a journal. Since then, i’ve fallen hard for surrealist landscapes. I\'m basically still doing the same thing, though these days I\'m able to wander a bit farther. Between licensing and selling prints, and the odd gallery show, photography has turned into part time profession, partly funded by an internet company i started a few years back. Nerd by day, photographer by... well, it depends on the day. \r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’d say my iPhoneography affliction is deeply rooted in many years of experimenting with mobile photography, which goes as far back as 2003 when early camera phones were just starting to get popular. Back then, phone cameras weren’t very taken seriously - no one expected to get prints out of them, or even cared enough to transfer them to their computers. They were just tiny digital memories that lived on your phone or shared through text messages. For me, they were a new way to make art. Hell, the resolutions were so low, the photos ended up looking more impressionistic than photorealistic anyway. But that was all we had, and i rather enjoyed the result. Since then, i\'ve celebrated every incremental improvement, from better resolutions, better color representation, to the first LED flashes.\r\n\r\n<em>Check out some of Cole\'s first mobile shots! </em>\r\n\r\n<img style=\"float:left; margin:0px 0px 0px 30px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/coleold1.png\" title=\"Cole Rise Mobile photography 1\" alt=\"1\"><img style=\"float:left; margin:0px 0px 0px 5px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/coleold2.png\" title=\"Cole Rise Mobile photography 2\" alt=\"2\"><img style=\"margin:0px 0px 0px 5px\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/coleold3.png\" title=\"Cole Rise Mobile Photography 3\" alt=\"3\"><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nNaturally, when the iPhone was announced in 2007, i was pretty excited. I worked at Yahoo! Mobile at the time, which was working closely with Apple to provide stock and weather information, so i had the pleasure of playing with one under close guard at the Apple campus, before it was publicly available. The first time i saw the camera in action on that big, beautiful touchscreen, it was immediately apparent we were in for something big. Sure, there were a few phones with decent resolutions, but Apple’s camera implementation would bring a change in the general thinking of what a mobile photograph meant. It was smart, it made it easy to share and transfer, and the photos looked pretty darn great, to boot.\r\n\r\nI soon found myself caring more about the details i could capture, and the fidelity of the final photograph. Suddenly, mobile photos were something more. That\'s special to me because i\'ve watched the medium progress, and i feel privileged to witness it first hand.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Cole Rise 1\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/cole2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a very distinctive photography style, tell us a bit about your style and how you came to develop it. Do you feel it\'s important for aspiring photographers to develop their own style?</h4> \r\n\r\nA friend of mine once said \"People don\'t want to just see cool photos, they want to see how you view the world. They want perspective.\" I think that describes quite well what photographers strive to do - provide a perspective. For me, that perspective lies somewhere between what we cannot see beyond the fog and what we imagine it to be.\r\n\r\nWhen i think of style, i think of brand, and i think every serious photographer should work hard to establish one, just as a company would for a product. Consistency is important, but probably more so in your message than the image itself. One of the most rewarding aspects of photography is when someone can immediately recognize one of your photos without the byline. If people like what you’re about, and they can trust you’ll keep delivering, you can easily build a following. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Cole Rise 1\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/cole.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s so many ways to get creative with an iPhone, or any phone for that matter. Here are three tricks that i’ve had success with:\r\n\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Shoot through your sweater. Any sort of knit fabric stretched over the lens plays with sunlight in such a satisfying way. This is also a great use for that scarf you hate.</li>\r\n<li>Create nifty light leaks with a carefully placed drop of water. Put it in that spot between your flash and your lens, and make sure your flash is on. Clear plastic also works, like sandwich bags or scotch tape.</li>\r\n<li>Shoot straight up in the rain with a the Slow Shutter Cam app. Again, make sure the flash is on, and that you’ve got the app set to “Light trails” mode. The water droplets rushing towards the lens looks like warp speed! Slow Shutter is also amazingly useful for your more obvious long-exposure iPhone shots.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nAside from Slow Shutter I tend to use PhotoForge2 for it’s photoshop like control of the color curves, and Cross Process because it’s just generally awesome with what it outputs.\r\n\r\nHere\'s links to the apps: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\" title=\"Slow Shutter Cam\">Slow Shutter Cam</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge2/id435789422?mt=8\" title=\"Photo Forge 2\">PhotoForge2</a></li>\r\n<li><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/cross-process/id355754066?mt=8\" title=\"Cross Process\">Cross Process</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Cole Rise 1\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/cole3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’d say I care as much about capturing something with my phone as i do my Hasselblad or DSLR. Why? Not because of the resolution or quality - my specialized equipment will always do it better. It’s because my phone is connected, and it’s the easiest way to immediately share where i am, what i’m doing, and how i feel about it. \r\n\r\nI have no doubt that we’ll soon witness the demise of the specialized point and shoot camera, as mobile image sensors improve and people rely more on what’s already in their pocket. If you’ve been to a concert or show lately, the future is immediately evident with all those glowing screens. There will be smartphones, and there will be prosumer / professional cameras with interchangeable lenses, with a little gap in between. \r\n\r\nAnybody will be able to take crisp, high-fidelity photos, which is wonderful for casual photographers. The professionals on the other hand, will have to work a little harder to differentiate themselves from the masses. :)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Cole Rise 1\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/cole1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4> \r\n\r\nMy current project involves getting my hands on that new 8MP sensor in the iPhone 4S! Once that’s solved, I’m planning a 2600 mile drive from San Francisco to Colorado and back, which will take me through the salt flats in Utah at 3 in the morning. I’m curious to test what kind of night shots i can get.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Cole\'s work on his <a href=\"http://colerise.com\" title=\"Cole Rise\">website</a>, or follow him on Instagram, <a href=\"http://web.stagram.com/n/colerise/\" title=\"Cole Rise Instagram\">@Colerise</a>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Cole Rise 1\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/cole5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>','iPhoneography with Cole Rise','','publish','open','open','','iphoneography-with-cole-rise','','','2011-10-18 12:43:48','2011-10-18 12:43:48','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5739',0,'post','',1),(5625,14,'2011-10-09 05:11:35','2011-10-09 05:11:35','','Fog','','inherit','open','open','','olympus-digital-camera-2','','','2011-10-09 05:11:35','2011-10-09 05:11:35','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Fog.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5626,14,'2011-10-09 05:11:43','2011-10-09 05:11:43','','Lightning','','inherit','open','open','','lightning','','','2011-10-09 05:11:43','2011-10-09 05:11:43','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Lightning.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5627,14,'2011-10-09 05:11:48','2011-10-09 05:11:48','','Mist','','inherit','open','open','','mist','','','2011-10-09 05:11:48','2011-10-09 05:11:48','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Mist.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5628,14,'2011-10-09 05:11:53','2011-10-09 05:11:53','','Raindrops','','inherit','open','open','','raindrops','','','2011-10-09 05:11:53','2011-10-09 05:11:53','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Raindrops.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5629,14,'2011-10-09 05:18:49','2011-10-09 05:18:49','So maybe you’ve mastered sunsets, and shooting in natural light. You’ve probably already read our post on composition….but you’re looking for something more, something a little unique. Maybe you’re ready to push the boundaries of your photography a little bit further and branch out of the “norm”.  If you’re looking for an interesting take on photography, to add a new style of photo to your repertoire, then this post is for you! Today we’re going to give you a few tips for shooting in unconventional (and sometimes more difficult) weather conditions such as mist, fog, rain, and hail. \n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a title=\"Polish Forest, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/benheine/3939063865/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"425\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Mist.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Polish Forest</em>\nPhoto by Ben Heine</p>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n\nMost of us photo nuts are disappointed when we see rain in the forecast, not only do we associate less than perfect weather with bad photos, but we don’t want to chance ruining our precious gear. Of course, wrecking your gear by taking it out into wet weather is a very valid concern…but just because the weather isn’t brilliant doesn’t mean you can’t shoot. In fact, shooting in less than perfect weather creates a whole new set of photography opportunities. If you shift your thinking a bit to begin thinking about “bad” weather as a unique shooting experience, much like shooting a 4am sunrise, you’ll begin to notice photo opportunities even on days when there’s no sun in sight. \n\nLet’s talk practicality for a moment – if you plan to shoot in misty or rainy conditions you will want to ensure you’ve got enough protection for your camera. There’s a ton of options for keeping your camera protected, you can go the pro route and pick up a rain cover, or you can always go low budget and use a Ziploc or plastic bag. If it’s not raining very hard you may be able to find shelter under a tree, you could shoot from the car with the window open, or if you’re shooting in the city you can stand under an awning. What we’re saying here is get out there and take photos even if it’s raining, there’s always a way!\n\nSo now that you’ve got your precious gear covered, let’s talk shooting tips. \n\n<h4>Bring a Tripod</h4> \n\nRain, mist, and fog means there’s clouds…which also means there’s less natural light available. Given that there is less light you may need to shoot at slower shutter speeds to allow more light into the camera. Avoid that nasty camera shake by shooting with a tripod or monopod. \n\n<h4>Look for Fog and Mist</h4> \n\n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a title=\"Into the Fog, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/valanne/295196038//\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"473\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Fog.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Into the Fog</em>\nPhoto by Feldore McHugh</p>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n\n\n\nFog and mist can add that something special to your photo, especially in the very early morning and late evening. Typically you will get the best results if you shoot fog and mist during what would normally be the “Golden Hour”. If it is a cold misty morning you’ll need to shoot fast before the sun burns through the mist. Look for water vapor rising from ponds, rivers, and streams, or swirling up from valleys and ravines. \n\nIf you are shooting in the fog take a look for interesting silhouettes that stand out against the swamp-like background. You can achieve some stunning compositions with objects emerging from the fog! Be aware of the objects around you and the way the fog affects those objects. Also keep in mind that fog is pretty dark, so along with shutter speed you might also need to consider exposure. Try increasing the f-stop by ½ or ¾ of a stop to ensure your photos aren’t too dark. \n\n\n<h4>Shoot the Raindrops and Condensation</h4> \n\n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a title=\"Wet Grass, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/valanne/295196038//\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Raindrops.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Wet Grass</em>\nPhoto by Valerie Pearce</p>\n&nbsp;\n\n\nThe patterns that raindrops and condensation make on objects around you are like none other found in nature! They’re unique and often very beautiful. Look for raindrops on leaves, condensation on water pipes, rain dripping down windows or off of tree branches for inspiration. \n\n<h4>Shooting Lightning</h4> \n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a title=\"¡Rayos!, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jegomezr/2926143475/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"452\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Lightning.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>¡Rayos!</em>\nPhoto by José Eugenio Gómez Rodríguez</p>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n\nIf you’re brave enough to go out in a lightning and thunderstorm, be ready to expect the unexpected. Shooting lightning can be really fun, even if it is a bit unpredictable! We could probably write a whole post on this subject (watch this space we just might do that) but a couple of things to remember for shooting lightning is keep your camera on the tripod, use long shutter speeds (as long as possible – maybe even the bulb setting), and set up your shot ahead of time. You’ll need to keep the shutter open as often as possible to capture the lightning, so just sit, shoot, and be patient. Don’t forget you can stack your lightning images to great effect in post-processing! \n\nOne final note before you head out into the rain…take a towel with you, the weather is unpredictable people! \n','Photography Tips for Rain, Mist, & Fog ','','inherit','open','open','','5598-revision-3','','','2011-10-09 05:18:49','2011-10-09 05:18:49','',5598,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5598-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5630,14,'2011-10-09 05:19:21','2011-10-09 05:19:21','So maybe you’ve mastered sunsets, and shooting in natural light. You’ve probably already read our post on composition….but you’re looking for something more, something a little unique. Maybe you’re ready to push the boundaries of your photography a little bit further and branch out of the “norm”.  If you’re looking for an interesting take on photography, to add a new style of photo to your repertoire, then this post is for you! Today we’re going to give you a few tips for shooting in unconventional (and sometimes more difficult) weather conditions such as mist, fog, rain, and hail. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Polish Forest, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/benheine/3939063865/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"425\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Mist.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Polish Forest</em>\r\nPhoto by Ben Heine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nMost of us photo nuts are disappointed when we see rain in the forecast, not only do we associate less than perfect weather with bad photos, but we don’t want to chance ruining our precious gear. Of course, wrecking your gear by taking it out into wet weather is a very valid concern…but just because the weather isn’t brilliant doesn’t mean you can’t shoot. In fact, shooting in less than perfect weather creates a whole new set of photography opportunities. If you shift your thinking a bit to begin thinking about “bad” weather as a unique shooting experience, much like shooting a 4am sunrise, you’ll begin to notice photo opportunities even on days when there’s no sun in sight. \r\n\r\nLet’s talk practicality for a moment – if you plan to shoot in misty or rainy conditions you will want to ensure you’ve got enough protection for your camera. There’s a ton of options for keeping your camera protected, you can go the pro route and pick up a rain cover, or you can always go low budget and use a Ziploc or plastic bag. If it’s not raining very hard you may be able to find shelter under a tree, you could shoot from the car with the window open, or if you’re shooting in the city you can stand under an awning. What we’re saying here is get out there and take photos even if it’s raining, there’s always a way!\r\n\r\nSo now that you’ve got your precious gear covered, let’s talk shooting tips. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bring a Tripod</h4> \r\n\r\nRain, mist, and fog means there’s clouds…which also means there’s less natural light available. Given that there is less light you may need to shoot at slower shutter speeds to allow more light into the camera. Avoid that nasty camera shake by shooting with a tripod or monopod. \r\n\r\n<h4>Look for Fog and Mist</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Into the Fog, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/feldore/6220412953/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"473\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Fog.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Into the Fog</em>\r\nPhoto by Feldore McHugh</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nFog and mist can add that something special to your photo, especially in the very early morning and late evening. Typically you will get the best results if you shoot fog and mist during what would normally be the “Golden Hour”. If it is a cold misty morning you’ll need to shoot fast before the sun burns through the mist. Look for water vapor rising from ponds, rivers, and streams, or swirling up from valleys and ravines. \r\n\r\nIf you are shooting in the fog take a look for interesting silhouettes that stand out against the swamp-like background. You can achieve some stunning compositions with objects emerging from the fog! Be aware of the objects around you and the way the fog affects those objects. Also keep in mind that fog is pretty dark, so along with shutter speed you might also need to consider exposure. Try increasing the f-stop by ½ or ¾ of a stop to ensure your photos aren’t too dark. \r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>Shoot the Raindrops and Condensation</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Wet Grass, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/valanne/295196038/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Raindrops.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Wet Grass</em>\r\nPhoto by Valerie Pearce</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nThe patterns that raindrops and condensation make on objects around you are like none other found in nature! They’re unique and often very beautiful. Look for raindrops on leaves, condensation on water pipes, rain dripping down windows or off of tree branches for inspiration. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting Lightning</h4> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"¡Rayos!, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jegomezr/2926143475/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"452\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Lightning.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>¡Rayos!</em>\r\nPhoto by José Eugenio Gómez Rodríguez</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nIf you’re brave enough to go out in a lightning and thunderstorm, be ready to expect the unexpected. Shooting lightning can be really fun, even if it is a bit unpredictable! We could probably write a whole post on this subject (watch this space we just might do that) but a couple of things to remember for shooting lightning is keep your camera on the tripod, use long shutter speeds (as long as possible – maybe even the bulb setting), and set up your shot ahead of time. You’ll need to keep the shutter open as often as possible to capture the lightning, so just sit, shoot, and be patient. Don’t forget you can stack your lightning images to great effect in post-processing! \r\n\r\nOne final note before you head out into the rain…take a towel with you, the weather is unpredictable people! \r\n','Photography Tips for Rain, Mist, & Fog ','','inherit','open','open','','5598-revision-4','','','2011-10-09 05:19:21','2011-10-09 05:19:21','',5598,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5598-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5631,14,'2011-10-09 05:56:46','2011-10-09 05:56:46','','Instaport','','inherit','open','open','','instaport','','','2011-10-09 05:56:46','2011-10-09 05:56:46','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5634,14,'2011-10-09 06:07:56','2011-10-09 06:07:56','','Copygram','','inherit','open','open','','copygram','','','2011-10-09 06:07:56','2011-10-09 06:07:56','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5633,14,'2011-10-09 05:59:04','2011-10-09 05:59:04','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy here. \n\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \n\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \n\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \n\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \n\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \n','Download All Your Instagram Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision-3','','','2011-10-09 05:59:04','2011-10-09 05:59:04','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5635,14,'2011-10-09 06:08:03','2011-10-09 06:08:03','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy here. \n\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \n\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \n\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"459\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \n\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \n','Download All Your Instagram Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision-4','','','2011-10-09 06:08:03','2011-10-09 06:08:03','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5638,14,'2011-10-09 06:20:50','2011-10-09 06:20:50','','Pictarine','','inherit','open','open','','pictarine-2','','','2011-10-09 06:20:50','2011-10-09 06:20:50','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5637,14,'2011-10-09 06:17:26','2011-10-09 06:17:26','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy here. \n\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \n\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \n\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"458\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \n\n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n\n\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \n','Download All Your Instagram Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision-5','','','2011-10-09 06:17:26','2011-10-09 06:17:26','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5639,14,'2011-10-09 06:17:46','2011-10-09 06:17:46','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy here. \r\n\r\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \r\n\r\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"458\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"197\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \r\n','Download All Your Instagram Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision-6','','','2011-10-09 06:17:46','2011-10-09 06:17:46','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5640,14,'2011-10-09 06:21:45','2011-10-09 06:21:45','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy here. \r\n\r\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \r\n\r\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"458\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"708\" height=\"344\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \r\n','Download All Your Instagram Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision-7','','','2011-10-09 06:21:45','2011-10-09 06:21:45','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5641,16,'2011-10-10 08:00:42','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','We\'ve just interviewed @fxphotostudio! Get the inside scoop on #Macphun #FXphotostudio and much much more!!   - http://tinyurl.com/44zkyqu','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-10-10 08:00:42','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5641',0,'tweet','',0),(5642,16,'2011-10-09 05:21:15','2011-10-09 05:21:15','So maybe you’ve mastered sunsets, and shooting in natural light. You’ve probably already read our post on composition….but you’re looking for something more, something a little unique. Maybe you’re ready to push the boundaries of your photography a little bit further and branch out of the “norm”.  If you’re looking for an interesting take on photography, to add a new style of photo to your repertoire, then this post is for you! Today we’re going to give you a few tips for shooting in unconventional (and sometimes more difficult) weather conditions such as mist, fog, rain, and hail. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Polish Forest, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/benheine/3939063865/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"425\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Mist.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Polish Forest</em>\r\nPhoto by Ben Heine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nMost of us photo nuts are disappointed when we see rain in the forecast, not only do we associate less than perfect weather with bad photos, but we don’t want to chance ruining our precious gear. Of course, wrecking your gear by taking it out into wet weather is a very valid concern…but just because the weather isn’t brilliant doesn’t mean you can’t shoot. In fact, shooting in less than perfect weather creates a whole new set of photography opportunities. If you shift your thinking a bit to begin thinking about “bad” weather as a unique shooting experience, much like shooting a 4am sunrise, you’ll begin to notice photo opportunities even on days when there’s no sun in sight. \r\n\r\nLet’s talk practicality for a moment – if you plan to shoot in misty or rainy conditions you will want to ensure you’ve got enough protection for your camera. There’s a ton of options for keeping your camera protected, you can go the pro route and pick up a rain cover, or you can always go low budget and use a Ziploc or plastic bag. If it’s not raining very hard you may be able to find shelter under a tree, you could shoot from the car with the window open, or if you’re shooting in the city you can stand under an awning. What we’re saying here is get out there and take photos even if it’s raining, there’s always a way!\r\n\r\nSo now that you’ve got your precious gear covered, let’s talk shooting tips. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bring a Tripod</h4> \r\n\r\nRain, mist, and fog means there’s clouds…which also means there’s less natural light available. Given that there is less light you may need to shoot at slower shutter speeds to allow more light into the camera. Avoid that nasty camera shake by shooting with a tripod or monopod. \r\n\r\n<h4>Look for Fog and Mist</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Into the Fog, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/feldore/6220412953/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"473\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Fog.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Into the Fog</em>\r\nPhoto by Feldore McHugh</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nFog and mist can add that something special to your photo, especially in the very early morning and late evening. Typically you will get the best results if you shoot fog and mist during what would normally be the “Golden Hour”. If it is a cold misty morning you’ll need to shoot fast before the sun burns through the mist. Look for water vapor rising from ponds, rivers, and streams, or swirling up from valleys and ravines. \r\n\r\nIf you are shooting in the fog take a look for interesting silhouettes that stand out against the swamp-like background. You can achieve some stunning compositions with objects emerging from the fog! Be aware of the objects around you and the way the fog affects those objects. Also keep in mind that fog is pretty dark, so along with shutter speed you might also need to consider exposure. Try increasing the f-stop by ½ or ¾ of a stop to ensure your photos aren’t too dark. \r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>Shoot the Raindrops and Condensation</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Wet Grass, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/valanne/295196038/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Raindrops.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Wet Grass</em>\r\nPhoto by Valerie Pearce</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nThe patterns that raindrops and condensation make on objects around you are like none other found in nature! They’re unique and often very beautiful. Look for raindrops on leaves, condensation on water pipes, rain dripping down windows or off of tree branches for inspiration. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting Lightning</h4> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"¡Rayos!, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jegomezr/2926143475/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"452\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Lightning.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>¡Rayos!</em>\r\nPhoto by José Eugenio Gómez Rodríguez</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nIf you’re brave enough to go out in a lightning and thunderstorm, be ready to expect the unexpected. Shooting lightning can be really fun, even if it is a bit unpredictable! We could probably write a whole post on this subject (watch this space we just might do that) but a couple of things to remember for shooting lightning is keep your camera on the tripod, use long shutter speeds (as long as possible – maybe even the bulb setting), and set up your shot ahead of time. You’ll need to keep the shutter open as often as possible to capture the lightning, so just sit, shoot, and be patient. Don’t forget you can stack your lightning images to great effect in post-processing! \r\n\r\nOne final note before you head out into the rain…take a towel with you, the weather is unpredictable people! \r\n','Photography Tips for Rain, Mist, & Fog ','','inherit','open','open','','5598-revision-5','','','2011-10-09 05:21:15','2011-10-09 05:21:15','',5598,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5598-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5643,16,'2011-10-10 08:42:57','2011-10-10 08:42:57','So maybe you’ve mastered sunsets, and shooting in natural light. You’ve probably already read our post on composition….but you’re looking for something more, something a little unique. Maybe you’re ready to push the boundaries of your photography a little bit further and branch out of the “norm”.  If you’re looking for an interesting take on photography, to add a new style of photo to your repertoire, then this post is for you! Today we’re going to give you a few tips for shooting in unconventional (and sometimes more difficult) weather conditions such as mist, fog, rain, and hail. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Polish Forest, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/benheine/3939063865/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"425\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Mist.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Polish Forest</em>\r\nPhoto by Ben Heine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nMost of us photo nuts are disappointed when we see rain in the forecast, not only do we associate less than perfect weather with bad photos, but we don’t want to chance ruining our precious gear. Of course, wrecking your gear by taking it out into wet weather is a very valid concern…but just because the weather isn’t brilliant doesn’t mean you can’t shoot. In fact, shooting in less than perfect weather creates a whole new set of photography opportunities. If you shift your thinking a bit to begin thinking about “bad” weather as a unique shooting experience, much like shooting a 4am sunrise, you’ll begin to notice photo opportunities even on days when there’s no sun in sight. \r\n\r\nLet’s talk practicality for a moment – if you plan to shoot in misty or rainy conditions you will want to ensure you’ve got enough protection for your camera. There’s a ton of options for keeping your camera protected, you can go the pro route and pick up a rain cover, or you can always go low budget and use a Ziploc or plastic bag. If it’s not raining very hard you may be able to find shelter under a tree, you could shoot from the car with the window open, or if you’re shooting in the city you can stand under an awning. What we’re saying here is get out there and take photos even if it’s raining, there’s always a way!\r\n\r\nSo now that you’ve got your precious gear covered, let’s talk shooting tips. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bring a Tripod</h4> \r\n\r\nRain, mist, and fog means there’s clouds…which also means there’s less natural light available. Given that there is less light you may need to shoot at slower shutter speeds to allow more light into the camera. Avoid that nasty camera shake by shooting with a tripod or monopod. \r\n\r\n<h4>Look for Fog and Mist</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Into the Fog, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/feldore/6220412953/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"473\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Fog.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Into the Fog</em>\r\nPhoto by Feldore McHugh</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nFog and mist can add that something special to your photo, especially in the very early morning and late evening. Typically you will get the best results if you shoot fog and mist during what would normally be the “Golden Hour”. If it is a cold misty morning you’ll need to shoot fast before the sun burns through the mist. Look for water vapor rising from ponds, rivers, and streams, or swirling up from valleys and ravines. \r\n\r\nIf you are shooting in the fog take a look for interesting silhouettes that stand out against the swamp-like background. You can achieve some stunning compositions with objects emerging from the fog! Be aware of the objects around you and the way the fog affects those objects. Also keep in mind that fog is pretty dark, so along with shutter speed you might also need to consider exposure. Try increasing the f-stop by ½ or ¾ of a stop to ensure your photos aren’t too dark. \r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>Shoot the Raindrops and Condensation</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Wet Grass, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/valanne/295196038/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Raindrops.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Wet Grass</em>\r\nPhoto by Valerie Pearce</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nThe patterns that raindrops and condensation make on objects around you are like none other found in nature! They’re unique and often very beautiful. Look for raindrops on leaves, condensation on water pipes, rain dripping down windows or off of tree branches for inspiration. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting Lightning</h4> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"¡Rayos!, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jegomezr/2926143475/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"452\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Lightning.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>¡Rayos!</em>\r\nPhoto by José Eugenio Gómez Rodríguez</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nIf you’re brave enough to go out in a lightning and thunderstorm, be ready to expect the unexpected. Shooting lightning can be really fun, even if it is a bit unpredictable! We could probably write a whole post on this subject (watch this space we just might do that) but a couple of things to remember for shooting lightning is keep your camera on the tripod, use long shutter speeds (as long as possible – maybe even the bulb setting), and set up your shot ahead of time. You’ll need to keep the shutter open as often as possible to capture the lightning, so just sit, shoot, and be patient. Don’t forget you can stack your lightning images to great effect in post-processing! \r\n\r\nOne final note before you head out into the rain…take a towel with you, the weather is unpredictable people! \r\n','Photography Tips for Rain, Mist, & Fog ','','inherit','open','open','','5598-revision-6','','','2011-10-10 08:42:57','2011-10-10 08:42:57','',5598,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5598-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5644,16,'2011-10-10 08:43:22','2011-10-10 08:43:22','So maybe you’ve mastered sunsets, and shooting in natural light. You’ve probably already read our post on composition….but you’re looking for something more, something a little unique. Maybe you’re ready to push the boundaries of your photography a little bit further and branch out of the “norm”.  If you’re looking for an interesting take on photography, to add a new style of photo to your repertoire, then this post is for you! Today we’re going to give you a few tips for shooting in unconventional (and sometimes more difficult) weather conditions such as mist, fog, rain, and hail. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Polish Forest, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/benheine/3939063865/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"425\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Mist.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Polish Forest</em>\r\nPhoto by Ben Heine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nMost of us photo nuts are disappointed when we see rain in the forecast, not only do we associate less than perfect weather with bad photos, but we don’t want to chance ruining our precious gear. Of course, wrecking your gear by taking it out into wet weather is a very valid concern…but just because the weather isn’t brilliant doesn’t mean you can’t shoot. In fact, shooting in less than perfect weather creates a whole new set of photography opportunities. If you shift your thinking a bit to begin thinking about “bad” weather as a unique shooting experience, much like shooting a 4am sunrise, you’ll begin to notice photo opportunities even on days when there’s no sun in sight. \r\n\r\nLet’s talk practicality for a moment – if you plan to shoot in misty or rainy conditions you will want to ensure you’ve got enough protection for your camera. There’s a ton of options for keeping your camera protected, you can go the pro route and pick up a rain cover, or you can always go low budget and use a Ziploc or plastic bag. If it’s not raining very hard you may be able to find shelter under a tree, you could shoot from the car with the window open, or if you’re shooting in the city you can stand under an awning. What we’re saying here is get out there and take photos even if it’s raining, there’s always a way!\r\n\r\nSo now that you’ve got your precious gear covered, let’s talk shooting tips. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bring a Tripod</h4> \r\n\r\nRain, mist, and fog means there’s clouds…which also means there’s less natural light available. Given that there is less light you may need to shoot at slower shutter speeds to allow more light into the camera. Avoid that nasty camera shake by shooting with a tripod or monopod. \r\n\r\n<h4>Look for Fog and Mist</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Into the Fog, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/feldore/6220412953/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"473\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Fog.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Into the Fog</em>\r\nPhoto by Feldore McHugh</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nFog and mist can add that something special to your photo, especially in the very early morning and late evening. Typically you will get the best results if you shoot fog and mist during what would normally be the “Golden Hour”. If it is a cold misty morning you’ll need to shoot fast before the sun burns through the mist. Look for water vapor rising from ponds, rivers, and streams, or swirling up from valleys and ravines. \r\n\r\nIf you are shooting in the fog take a look for interesting silhouettes that stand out against the swamp-like background. You can achieve some stunning compositions with objects emerging from the fog! Be aware of the objects around you and the way the fog affects those objects. Also keep in mind that fog is pretty dark, so along with shutter speed you might also need to consider exposure. Try increasing the f-stop by ½ or ¾ of a stop to ensure your photos aren’t too dark. \r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>Shoot the Raindrops and Condensation</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Wet Grass, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/valanne/295196038/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Raindrops.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Wet Grass</em>\r\nPhoto by Valerie Pearce</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nThe patterns that raindrops and condensation make on objects around you are like none other found in nature! They’re unique and often very beautiful. Look for raindrops on leaves, condensation on water pipes, rain dripping down windows or off of tree branches for inspiration. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting Lightning</h4> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"¡Rayos!, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jegomezr/2926143475/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"452\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Lightning.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>¡Rayos!</em>\r\nPhoto by José Eugenio Gómez Rodríguez</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nIf you’re brave enough to go out in a lightning and thunderstorm, be ready to expect the unexpected. Shooting lightning can be really fun, even if it is a bit unpredictable! We could probably write a whole post on this subject (watch this space we just might do that) but a couple of things to remember for shooting lightning is keep your camera on the tripod, use long shutter speeds (as long as possible – maybe even the bulb setting), and set up your shot ahead of time. You’ll need to keep the shutter open as often as possible to capture the lightning, so just sit, shoot, and be patient. Don’t forget you can stack your lightning images to great effect in post-processing! \r\n\r\nOne final note before you head out into the rain…take a towel with you, the weather is unpredictable people! \r\n','Photography Tips for Rain, Mist, & Fog ','','inherit','open','open','','5598-revision-7','','','2011-10-10 08:43:22','2011-10-10 08:43:22','',5598,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5598-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5645,16,'2011-10-10 09:02:20','2011-10-10 09:02:20','So maybe you’ve mastered sunsets, and shooting in natural light. You’ve probably already read our post on composition….but you’re looking for something more, something a little unique. Maybe you’re ready to push the boundaries of your photography a little bit further and branch out of the “norm”.  If you’re looking for an interesting take on photography, to add a new style of photo to your repertoire, then this post is for you! Today we’re going to give you a few tips for shooting in unconventional (and sometimes more difficult) weather conditions such as mist, fog, rain, and hail. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Polish Forest, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/benheine/3939063865/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"425\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Mist.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Polish Forest</em>\r\nPhoto by Ben Heine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nMost of us photo nuts are disappointed when we see rain in the forecast, not only do we associate less than perfect weather with bad photos, but we don’t want to chance ruining our precious gear. Of course, wrecking your gear by taking it out into wet weather is a very valid concern…but just because the weather isn’t brilliant doesn’t mean you can’t shoot. In fact, shooting in less than perfect weather creates a whole new set of photography opportunities. If you shift your thinking a bit to begin thinking about “bad” weather as a unique shooting experience, much like shooting a 4am sunrise, you’ll begin to notice photo opportunities even on days when there’s no sun in sight. \r\n\r\nLet’s talk practicality for a moment – if you plan to shoot in misty or rainy conditions you will want to ensure you’ve got enough protection for your camera. There’s a ton of options for keeping your camera protected, you can go the pro route and pick up a rain cover, or you can always go low budget and use a Ziploc or plastic bag. If it’s not raining very hard you may be able to find shelter under a tree, you could shoot from the car with the window open, or if you’re shooting in the city you can stand under an awning. What we’re saying here is get out there and take photos even if it’s raining, there’s always a way!\r\n\r\nSo now that you’ve got your precious gear covered, let’s talk shooting tips. \r\n\r\n<h4>Bring a Tripod</h4> \r\n\r\nRain, mist, and fog means there’s clouds…which also means there’s less natural light available. Given that there is less light you may need to shoot at slower shutter speeds to allow more light into the camera. Avoid that nasty camera shake by shooting with a tripod or monopod. \r\n\r\n<h4>Look for Fog and Mist</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Into the Fog, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/feldore/6220412953/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"473\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Fog.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Into the Fog</em>\r\nPhoto by Feldore McHugh</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nFog and mist can add that something special to your photo, especially in the very early morning and late evening. Typically you will get the best results if you shoot fog and mist during what would normally be the “Golden Hour”. If it is a cold misty morning you’ll need to shoot fast before the sun burns through the mist. Look for water vapor rising from ponds, rivers, and streams, or swirling up from valleys and ravines. \r\n\r\nIf you are shooting in the fog take a look for interesting silhouettes that stand out against the swamp-like background. You can achieve some stunning compositions with objects emerging from the fog! Be aware of the objects around you and the way the fog affects those objects. Also keep in mind that fog is pretty dark, so along with shutter speed you might also need to consider exposure. Try increasing the f-stop by ½ or ¾ of a stop to ensure your photos aren’t too dark. \r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>Shoot the Raindrops and Condensation</h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Wet Grass, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/valanne/295196038/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Raindrops.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Wet Grass</em>\r\nPhoto by Valerie Pearce</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nThe patterns that raindrops and condensation make on objects around you are like none other found in nature! They’re unique and often very beautiful. Look for raindrops on leaves, condensation on water pipes, rain dripping down windows or off of tree branches for inspiration. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting Lightning</h4> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"¡Rayos!, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/jegomezr/2926143475/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"452\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Lightning.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>¡Rayos!</em>\r\nPhoto by José Eugenio Gómez Rodríguez</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nIf you’re brave enough to go out in a lightning and thunderstorm, be ready to expect the unexpected. Shooting lightning can be really fun, even if it is a bit unpredictable! We could probably write a whole post on this subject (watch this space we just might do that) but a couple of things to remember for shooting lightning is keep your camera on the tripod, use long shutter speeds (as long as possible – maybe even the bulb setting), and set up your shot ahead of time. You’ll need to keep the shutter open as often as possible to capture the lightning, so just sit, shoot, and be patient. Don’t forget you can stack your lightning images to great effect in post-processing! \r\n\r\nOne final note before you head out into the rain…take a towel with you, the weather is unpredictable people! \r\n','Photography Tips for Rain, Mist, & Fog ','','inherit','open','open','','5598-revision-8','','','2011-10-10 09:02:20','2011-10-10 09:02:20','',5598,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5598-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5646,16,'2011-10-09 06:22:19','2011-10-09 06:22:19','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy here. \r\n\r\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \r\n\r\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"458\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"708\" height=\"344\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \r\n','Download All Your Instagram Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision-8','','','2011-10-09 06:22:19','2011-10-09 06:22:19','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5647,16,'2011-10-10 09:03:55','2011-10-10 09:03:55','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy here. \r\n\r\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \r\n\r\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"458\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"708\" height=\"344\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \r\n','Download All Your Instagram Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision-9','','','2011-10-10 09:03:55','2011-10-10 09:03:55','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5648,16,'2011-10-10 09:04:10','2011-10-10 09:04:10','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy here. \r\n\r\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \r\n\r\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"458\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"708\" height=\"344\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \r\n','Download All Your Instagram Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision-10','','','2011-10-10 09:04:10','2011-10-10 09:04:10','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(5649,16,'2011-10-18 08:00:26','2011-10-18 08:00:26','This week on Meet The Developers, we\'re catching up with Marty from Juicy Bits. Marty is the man behind the incredibly popular Halftone, 3D Camera, 3D Camera Studio and several other apps! After 30 years writing software he left his job 2 1/2 years ago to write iPhone apps full-time, and aren\'t we glad he did? We absolutely love the Halftone app (who doesn\'t love a good comic, really)? So without further adieu, we\'ll hand it over to Marty to give you all the Juicy Bits...geddit?   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"Juicy Bits Logo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/juicybitslogo.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Juicy Bits, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nJuicy Bits was founded in 2009 to produce unique, freshly-squeezed software for mobile devices. So far, our focus has been exclusively on Apple devices like the iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad. We’re evaluating other platforms, and we’re especially interested in the upcoming Kindle Fire from Amazon.\r\n\r\nWe currently have eight apps in the App Store, and they’re all in the Photography category.\r\n\r\nOur first set of apps, 3D Camera, 3D Camera Lite, and 3D Camera Studio, are all focused on making it easy to create true 3D images that can be viewed with red/cyan glasses, with a cross-eyed technique, and as fun wigglegrams that provide a pseudo-3D effect. We also have users who report success using <a href=\"http://www.hasbro.com/hasbromy3d\" title=\"Hasbro My3D\">Hasbro’s My3D</a> product to view the images. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"259\"  alt=\"Juicy Bits 3D Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/3d.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nOur second set of apps focuses on high-quality wallpaper images. We’ve partnered with a photographer whose images have been featured in other operating systems and have had millions of downloads on other platforms. We’ve worked closely with the photographer to fine-tune the images for the iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad screen resolutions. The apps are Nature Images, Nature Images HD, and Textures HD.\r\n\r\nWe also have an app called Spy Pix that is pure novelty. It uses a technique called <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steganography\" title=\"Spy Pix uses Steganography\">steganography</a> to hide one image inside of another. This way, you can send secret images and messages to your friends who can then use Spy Pix to decode them. It’s all about fun.\r\n\r\nOur most recent product, Halftone, is our first Universal app that runs on iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad. It uses a combination of techniques to add a vintage, comic-style look to your photos. It’s our most popular app to date.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nJuicy Bits is a company with one full-time developer in the Seattle, Washington area who partners with other vendors for additional services like design and development. Most of us are in Washington, though we’ve worked with other companies like <a href=\"http://www.softfacade.com/\" title=\"SoftFacade\">SoftFacade</a> who are located in St. Petersburg, Russian Federation. As you can probably guess, it’s not necessary for app designers and developers to work in a single physical location.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur most popular app is also our most recent: Halftone. It has been selected by Apple as its APP OF THE WEEK for both iPhone and iPad in the United Kingdom and Canada, and the app has been downloaded more than 750,000 times. It’s really fun to see what our users create.\r\n\r\nHalftone was inspired by a Photoshop technique that takes a standard digital photo and turns it into a comic panel. We figured out how to simplify and automate the process, and we added a bunch of features like custom captions, distressed paper styles, speech and thought balloons, and stamps that make it easy to add fun word-based sound effects along with other shapes.\r\n\r\nHalftone also has the benefit of being created after seven other apps. That history and experience allowed us to create our first Universal version. It also allowed us to understand where to apply our resources most effectively.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"259\"  alt=\"Juicy Bits Halftone\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/halftone.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project?</h4>\r\n\r\nPhotoAppLink solves a problem that is common across almost all photography apps, and it solves it in an elegant way. We’re huge fans, and we’re already working to integrate it into Halftone. We applaud its creators for identifying the problem and for providing a simple solution that benefits everyone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur next update is for our Halftone app. The update is relatively minor, but it’s in preparation for a much larger set of updates coming before the end of the year. We’ve addressed some technical behind-the-scenes issues, made sure that Halftone runs well on iOS 5, added a “clear image” feature (very highly requested), and a few new stamps. If we’re lucky, we’ll also add PhotoAppLink support to this small update, but that all depends on how much we can get done in the next few days.','Meet The Developers: Juicy Bits - Halftone, 3D Camera','','publish','open','open','','meet-the-developers-juicy-bits-halftone-3d-camera','','','2011-10-10 10:00:21','2011-10-10 10:00:21','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5649',0,'post','',0),(5650,16,'2011-10-10 09:10:34','2011-10-10 09:10:34','<h4>How would you describe Juicy Bits, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\n\nJuicy Bits was founded in 2009 to produce unique, freshly-squeezed software for mobile devices. So far, our focus has been exclusively on Apple devices like the iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad. We’re evaluating other platforms, and we’re especially interested in the upcoming Kindle Fire from Amazon.\n\nWe currently have eight apps in the App Store, and they’re all in the Photography category.\n\nOur first set of apps, 3D Camera, 3D Camera Lite, and 3D Camera Studio, are all focused on making it easy to create true 3D images that can be viewed with red/cyan glasses, with a cross-eyed technique, and as fun wigglegrams that provide a pseudo-3D effect. We also have users who report success using Hasbro’s My3D product to view the images (http://www.hasbro.com/hasbromy3d).\n\nOur second set of apps focuses on high-quality wallpaper images. We’ve partnered with a photographer whose images have been featured in other operating systems and have had millions of downloads on other platforms. We’ve worked closely with the photographer to fine-tune the images for the iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad screen resolutions. The apps are Nature Images, Nature Images HD, and Textures HD.\n\nWe also have an app called Spy Pix that is pure novelty. It uses a technique called steganography (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steganography) to hide one image inside of another. This way, you can send secret images and messages to your friends who can then use Spy Pix to decode them. It’s all about fun.\n\nOur most recent product, Halftone, is our first Universal app that runs on iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad. It uses a combination of techniques to add a vintage, comic-style look to your photos. It’s our most popular app.\n\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nJuicy Bits is a company with one full-time developer in the Seattle, Washington area who partners with other vendors for additional services like design and development. Most of us are in Washington, though we’ve worked with other companies like SoftFacade (http://www.softfacade.com/) who are located in St. Petersburg, Russian Federation. As you can probably guess, it’s not necessary for app designers and developers to work in a single physical location.\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)?</h4>\n\nOur most popular app is also our most recent: Halftone. It has been selected by Apple as its APP OF THE WEEK for both iPhone and iPad in the United Kingdom and Canada, and the app has been downloaded more than 750,000 times. It’s fun to see what our users create.\n\nHalftone was inspired by a Photoshop technique that takes a standard digital photo and turns it into a comic panel. We figured out how to simplify and automate the process, and we added a bunch of features like custom captions, distressed paper styles, speech and thought balloons, and stamps that make it easy to add fun word-based sound effects along with other shapes.\n\nAs our most recent app, Halftone also has the benefit of being created after seven other apps. That history and experience allowed us to create our first Universal version. It also allowed us to understand where to apply our resources most effectively.\n\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project?</h4>\n\nPhotoAppLink solves a problem that is common across almost all photography apps, and it solves it in an elegant way. We’re huge fans, and we’re already working to integrate it into Halftone. We applaud its creators for identifying the problem and for providing a simple solution that benefits everyone.\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\nOur next update is for our Halftone app. The update is relatively minor, but it’s in preparation for a much larger set of updates coming before the end of the year. We’ve addressed some technical behind-the-scenes issues, made sure that Halftone runs well on iOS 5, added a “clear image” feature (very highly requested), and a few new stamps. If we’re lucky, we’ll also add PhotoAppLink support to this small update, but that all depends on how much we can get done in the next few days.','Meet The Developers: Juicy Bits - 3D Camera ','','inherit','open','open','','5649-revision','','','2011-10-10 09:10:34','2011-10-10 09:10:34','',5649,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5649-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5651,16,'2011-10-10 09:27:14','2011-10-10 09:27:14','','juicybitslogo','','inherit','open','open','','juicybitslogo','','','2011-10-10 09:27:14','2011-10-10 09:27:14','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/juicybitslogo.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5652,16,'2011-10-10 09:38:09','2011-10-10 09:38:09','','3d','','inherit','open','open','','3d','','','2011-10-10 09:38:09','2011-10-10 09:38:09','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/3d.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5653,16,'2011-10-10 09:38:16','2011-10-10 09:38:16','','halftone','','inherit','open','open','','halftone','','','2011-10-10 09:38:16','2011-10-10 09:38:16','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/halftone.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5654,16,'2011-10-10 09:13:34','2011-10-10 09:13:34','<h4>How would you describe Juicy Bits, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\n\nJuicy Bits was founded in 2009 to produce unique, freshly-squeezed software for mobile devices. So far, our focus has been exclusively on Apple devices like the iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad. We’re evaluating other platforms, and we’re especially interested in the upcoming Kindle Fire from Amazon.\n\nWe currently have eight apps in the App Store, and they’re all in the Photography category.\n\nOur first set of apps, 3D Camera, 3D Camera Lite, and 3D Camera Studio, are all focused on making it easy to create true 3D images that can be viewed with red/cyan glasses, with a cross-eyed technique, and as fun wigglegrams that provide a pseudo-3D effect. We also have users who report success using Hasbro’s My3D product to view the images (http://www.hasbro.com/hasbromy3d).\n\nOur second set of apps focuses on high-quality wallpaper images. We’ve partnered with a photographer whose images have been featured in other operating systems and have had millions of downloads on other platforms. We’ve worked closely with the photographer to fine-tune the images for the iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad screen resolutions. The apps are Nature Images, Nature Images HD, and Textures HD.\n\nWe also have an app called Spy Pix that is pure novelty. It uses a technique called steganography (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steganography) to hide one image inside of another. This way, you can send secret images and messages to your friends who can then use Spy Pix to decode them. It’s all about fun.\n\nOur most recent product, Halftone, is our first Universal app that runs on iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad. It uses a combination of techniques to add a vintage, comic-style look to your photos. It’s our most popular app.\n\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nJuicy Bits is a company with one full-time developer in the Seattle, Washington area who partners with other vendors for additional services like design and development. Most of us are in Washington, though we’ve worked with other companies like SoftFacade (http://www.softfacade.com/) who are located in St. Petersburg, Russian Federation. As you can probably guess, it’s not necessary for app designers and developers to work in a single physical location.\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)?</h4>\n\nOur most popular app is also our most recent: Halftone. It has been selected by Apple as its APP OF THE WEEK for both iPhone and iPad in the United Kingdom and Canada, and the app has been downloaded more than 750,000 times. It’s fun to see what our users create.\n\nHalftone was inspired by a Photoshop technique that takes a standard digital photo and turns it into a comic panel. We figured out how to simplify and automate the process, and we added a bunch of features like custom captions, distressed paper styles, speech and thought balloons, and stamps that make it easy to add fun word-based sound effects along with other shapes.\n\nAs our most recent app, Halftone also has the benefit of being created after seven other apps. That history and experience allowed us to create our first Universal version. It also allowed us to understand where to apply our resources most effectively.\n\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project?</h4>\n\nPhotoAppLink solves a problem that is common across almost all photography apps, and it solves it in an elegant way. We’re huge fans, and we’re already working to integrate it into Halftone. We applaud its creators for identifying the problem and for providing a simple solution that benefits everyone.\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\nOur next update is for our Halftone app. The update is relatively minor, but it’s in preparation for a much larger set of updates coming before the end of the year. We’ve addressed some technical behind-the-scenes issues, made sure that Halftone runs well on iOS 5, added a “clear image” feature (very highly requested), and a few new stamps. If we’re lucky, we’ll also add PhotoAppLink support to this small update, but that all depends on how much we can get done in the next few days.','Meet The Developers: Juicy Bits - 3D Camera, Halftone','','inherit','open','open','','5649-revision-2','','','2011-10-10 09:13:34','2011-10-10 09:13:34','',5649,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5649-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5655,16,'2011-10-10 09:41:01','2011-10-10 09:41:01','\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"Juicy Bits Logo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/juicybitslogo.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Juicy Bits, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nJuicy Bits was founded in 2009 to produce unique, freshly-squeezed software for mobile devices. So far, our focus has been exclusively on Apple devices like the iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad. We’re evaluating other platforms, and we’re especially interested in the upcoming Kindle Fire from Amazon.\r\n\r\nWe currently have eight apps in the App Store, and they’re all in the Photography category.\r\n\r\nOur first set of apps, 3D Camera, 3D Camera Lite, and 3D Camera Studio, are all focused on making it easy to create true 3D images that can be viewed with red/cyan glasses, with a cross-eyed technique, and as fun wigglegrams that provide a pseudo-3D effect. We also have users who report success using <a href=\"http://www.hasbro.com/hasbromy3d\" title=\"Hasbro My3D\">Hasbro’s My3D</a> product to view the images. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"259\"  alt=\"Juicy Bits 3D Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/3d.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nOur second set of apps focuses on high-quality wallpaper images. We’ve partnered with a photographer whose images have been featured in other operating systems and have had millions of downloads on other platforms. We’ve worked closely with the photographer to fine-tune the images for the iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad screen resolutions. The apps are Nature Images, Nature Images HD, and Textures HD.\r\n\r\nWe also have an app called Spy Pix that is pure novelty. It uses a technique called <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steganography\" title=\"Spy Pix uses Steganography\">steganography</a> to hide one image inside of another. This way, you can send secret images and messages to your friends who can then use Spy Pix to decode them. It’s all about fun.\r\n\r\nOur most recent product, Halftone, is our first Universal app that runs on iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad. It uses a combination of techniques to add a vintage, comic-style look to your photos. It’s our most popular app to date.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nJuicy Bits is a company with one full-time developer in the Seattle, Washington area who partners with other vendors for additional services like design and development. Most of us are in Washington, though we’ve worked with other companies like <a href=\"http://www.softfacade.com/\" title=\"SoftFacade\">SoftFacade</a> who are located in St. Petersburg, Russian Federation. As you can probably guess, it’s not necessary for app designers and developers to work in a single physical location.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur most popular app is also our most recent: Halftone. It has been selected by Apple as its APP OF THE WEEK for both iPhone and iPad in the United Kingdom and Canada, and the app has been downloaded more than 750,000 times. It’s really fun to see what our users create.\r\n\r\nHalftone was inspired by a Photoshop technique that takes a standard digital photo and turns it into a comic panel. We figured out how to simplify and automate the process, and we added a bunch of features like custom captions, distressed paper styles, speech and thought balloons, and stamps that make it easy to add fun word-based sound effects along with other shapes.\r\n\r\nHalftone also has the benefit of being created after seven other apps. That history and experience allowed us to create our first Universal version. It also allowed us to understand where to apply our resources most effectively.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"259\"  alt=\"Juicy Bits Halftone\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/halftone.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project?</h4>\r\n\r\nPhotoAppLink solves a problem that is common across almost all photography apps, and it solves it in an elegant way. We’re huge fans, and we’re already working to integrate it into Halftone. We applaud its creators for identifying the problem and for providing a simple solution that benefits everyone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur next update is for our Halftone app. The update is relatively minor, but it’s in preparation for a much larger set of updates coming before the end of the year. We’ve addressed some technical behind-the-scenes issues, made sure that Halftone runs well on iOS 5, added a “clear image” feature (very highly requested), and a few new stamps. If we’re lucky, we’ll also add PhotoAppLink support to this small update, but that all depends on how much we can get done in the next few days.','Meet The Developers: Juicy Bits - Halftone, 3D Camera','','inherit','open','open','','5649-revision-3','','','2011-10-10 09:41:01','2011-10-10 09:41:01','',5649,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5649-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5656,16,'2011-10-10 09:59:26','2011-10-10 09:59:26','This week on Meet The Developers, we\'re catching up with Marty from Juicy Bits. Marty is the man behind the incredibly popular Halftone, 3D Camera, 3D Camera Studio and several other apps! After 30 years writing software he left his job 2 1/2 years ago to write iPhone apps full-time, and aren\'t we glad he did? We absolutely love the Halftone app (who doesn\'t love a good comic, really)? So without further adieu, we\'ll hand it over to Marty to give you all the Juicy Bits...geddit?   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"300\"  alt=\"Juicy Bits Logo \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/juicybitslogo.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Juicy Bits, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nJuicy Bits was founded in 2009 to produce unique, freshly-squeezed software for mobile devices. So far, our focus has been exclusively on Apple devices like the iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad. We’re evaluating other platforms, and we’re especially interested in the upcoming Kindle Fire from Amazon.\r\n\r\nWe currently have eight apps in the App Store, and they’re all in the Photography category.\r\n\r\nOur first set of apps, 3D Camera, 3D Camera Lite, and 3D Camera Studio, are all focused on making it easy to create true 3D images that can be viewed with red/cyan glasses, with a cross-eyed technique, and as fun wigglegrams that provide a pseudo-3D effect. We also have users who report success using <a href=\"http://www.hasbro.com/hasbromy3d\" title=\"Hasbro My3D\">Hasbro’s My3D</a> product to view the images. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"259\"  alt=\"Juicy Bits 3D Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/3d.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nOur second set of apps focuses on high-quality wallpaper images. We’ve partnered with a photographer whose images have been featured in other operating systems and have had millions of downloads on other platforms. We’ve worked closely with the photographer to fine-tune the images for the iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad screen resolutions. The apps are Nature Images, Nature Images HD, and Textures HD.\r\n\r\nWe also have an app called Spy Pix that is pure novelty. It uses a technique called <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steganography\" title=\"Spy Pix uses Steganography\">steganography</a> to hide one image inside of another. This way, you can send secret images and messages to your friends who can then use Spy Pix to decode them. It’s all about fun.\r\n\r\nOur most recent product, Halftone, is our first Universal app that runs on iPod touch, iPhone, and iPad. It uses a combination of techniques to add a vintage, comic-style look to your photos. It’s our most popular app to date.\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nJuicy Bits is a company with one full-time developer in the Seattle, Washington area who partners with other vendors for additional services like design and development. Most of us are in Washington, though we’ve worked with other companies like <a href=\"http://www.softfacade.com/\" title=\"SoftFacade\">SoftFacade</a> who are located in St. Petersburg, Russian Federation. As you can probably guess, it’s not necessary for app designers and developers to work in a single physical location.\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur most popular app is also our most recent: Halftone. It has been selected by Apple as its APP OF THE WEEK for both iPhone and iPad in the United Kingdom and Canada, and the app has been downloaded more than 750,000 times. It’s really fun to see what our users create.\r\n\r\nHalftone was inspired by a Photoshop technique that takes a standard digital photo and turns it into a comic panel. We figured out how to simplify and automate the process, and we added a bunch of features like custom captions, distressed paper styles, speech and thought balloons, and stamps that make it easy to add fun word-based sound effects along with other shapes.\r\n\r\nHalftone also has the benefit of being created after seven other apps. That history and experience allowed us to create our first Universal version. It also allowed us to understand where to apply our resources most effectively.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"259\"  alt=\"Juicy Bits Halftone\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/halftone.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project?</h4>\r\n\r\nPhotoAppLink solves a problem that is common across almost all photography apps, and it solves it in an elegant way. We’re huge fans, and we’re already working to integrate it into Halftone. We applaud its creators for identifying the problem and for providing a simple solution that benefits everyone.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur next update is for our Halftone app. The update is relatively minor, but it’s in preparation for a much larger set of updates coming before the end of the year. We’ve addressed some technical behind-the-scenes issues, made sure that Halftone runs well on iOS 5, added a “clear image” feature (very highly requested), and a few new stamps. If we’re lucky, we’ll also add PhotoAppLink support to this small update, but that all depends on how much we can get done in the next few days.','Meet The Developers: Juicy Bits - Halftone, 3D Camera','','inherit','open','open','','5649-revision-4','','','2011-10-10 09:59:26','2011-10-10 09:59:26','',5649,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5649-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5658,16,'2011-10-10 13:41:39','2011-10-10 13:41:39','Whether you’re shooting with your DSLR or your iPhone, sunsets are definitely a popular photographic subject! Most people shoot sunsets when they are away on vacation or holiday, or when they are travelling, but don’t forget you can get some great sunset shots wherever you live! With a little bit of planning and our photography tips for shooting sunsets you’ll be shooting beautiful sunsets wherever you are. What makes a good sunset photograph is difficult to say, but for most it is the feeling that is evoked when they see it, whether it be a sense of tranquillity, or serenity but for most it’s the feeling that they could step right into that photo and feel instantly relaxed. So first off, remember that you’re trying to evoke a feeling with a sunset photo – keep that in mind and you’re off to a good start. \n\n<h4>Forward Planning</h4> \n\nMost people shoot sunsets spontaneously, and while this does often get good results, a bit of planning ahead can ensure you get some awesome shots. Take a look around you and find some places that you think might get nice shots. Look not only for places where you can see the sun track all the way down, but also places that may provide for elements in the foreground and middle ground of your shot. Look for interesting shapes, trees, buildings, etc to provide silhouettes for your photo. \n\nAlso consider what equipment you might need before hand, a tripod is always a great idea for sunset photos, but if you’re shooting with an iPhone a good sturdy rock or other support will do. If you’re shooting with your DSLR, be sure to take a couple of different lenses, a wide angle or a zoom lens with different focal lengths is ideal…just take what you have and make the most of it when you get there. \n\nMake note of what time the sun sets, and plan to be there about half an hour before, so you can get set up. It is usually the twenty minutes before, and twenty minutes after the sun disappears when the light is best for shooting…don’t stop shooting just because the sun is gone! \n\n<h4>Composition</h4>\n\nYou can use a variety of different objects as focal points for your shot, as we mentioned above silhouettes are a great point of interest, but don’t forget that the sun can also be a good focal point in an of itself. A silhouette could be anything from a boat on the water, a pier or people, to various parts of the landscape including mountains, trees, buildings, or islands. Don’t forget that clouds can also be part of the composition! \n\nUse the rule of thirds when you need to fall back on a few composition tricks to make the most of what you’re shooting, but on the other hand don’t be afraid to try something new while you shoot. Rules are made to be broken. \n\n<Shooting \n\nTake lots of shots, from lots of different angles and focal points. In some cases you may be physically limited by the landscape, for instance if you’re shooting on the shore, but if you don’t have a zoom lens then you can physically walk closer and further away to get a different perspective. \n\nShoot at different exposures. You can do this with both a DSLR or an iPhone – when using a DSLR try shooting in shutter priority mode and start with a very fast shutter moving slower and slower. As the shutter speed gets slower you will be more and more likely to need a tripod. If you’re shooting with an iPhone tap the viewfinder to set the exposure, to reset for a different exposure tap in a different place! Easy! \n\nOur last tip for shooting is to change your white balance out of “auto” into “cloudy” or “shade”. Both cloudy and shade will give you much warmer results, which is usually preferable when shooting the sun. If you leave your camera in auto white balance, you run the risk of altering that special warmth and glow you’re trying to achieve. If you’re shooting with an iPhone then why not try shooting in an app like Almost DSLR or editing your photo in an app like Photo Forge 2, where you’ll get good results by adjusting the white balance. \n\nFinally…if you don’t get good shots one night, try again the next night! It’s not an exact science, sometimes it comes together and other times it doesn’t…just have fun, you’re on vacation after all. \n','Photography Tips For Shooting Sunsets ','','inherit','open','open','','5657-revision','','','2011-10-10 13:41:39','2011-10-10 13:41:39','',5657,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5657-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5659,16,'2011-10-10 13:41:49','2011-10-10 13:41:49','Whether you’re shooting with your DSLR or your iPhone, sunsets are definitely a popular photographic subject! Most people shoot sunsets when they are away on vacation or holiday, or when they are travelling, but don’t forget you can get some great sunset shots wherever you live! With a little bit of planning and our photography tips for shooting sunsets you’ll be shooting beautiful sunsets wherever you are. What makes a good sunset photograph is difficult to say, but for most it is the feeling that is evoked when they see it, whether it be a sense of tranquillity, or serenity but for most it’s the feeling that they could step right into that photo and feel instantly relaxed. So first off, remember that you’re trying to evoke a feeling with a sunset photo – keep that in mind and you’re off to a good start. \r\n\r\n<h4>Forward Planning</h4> \r\n\r\nMost people shoot sunsets spontaneously, and while this does often get good results, a bit of planning ahead can ensure you get some awesome shots. Take a look around you and find some places that you think might get nice shots. Look not only for places where you can see the sun track all the way down, but also places that may provide for elements in the foreground and middle ground of your shot. Look for interesting shapes, trees, buildings, etc to provide silhouettes for your photo. \r\n\r\nAlso consider what equipment you might need before hand, a tripod is always a great idea for sunset photos, but if you’re shooting with an iPhone a good sturdy rock or other support will do. If you’re shooting with your DSLR, be sure to take a couple of different lenses, a wide angle or a zoom lens with different focal lengths is ideal…just take what you have and make the most of it when you get there. \r\n\r\nMake note of what time the sun sets, and plan to be there about half an hour before, so you can get set up. It is usually the twenty minutes before, and twenty minutes after the sun disappears when the light is best for shooting…don’t stop shooting just because the sun is gone! \r\n\r\n<h4>Composition</h4>\r\n\r\nYou can use a variety of different objects as focal points for your shot, as we mentioned above silhouettes are a great point of interest, but don’t forget that the sun can also be a good focal point in an of itself. A silhouette could be anything from a boat on the water, a pier or people, to various parts of the landscape including mountains, trees, buildings, or islands. Don’t forget that clouds can also be part of the composition! \r\n\r\nUse the rule of thirds when you need to fall back on a few composition tricks to make the most of what you’re shooting, but on the other hand don’t be afraid to try something new while you shoot. Rules are made to be broken. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting</h4> \r\n\r\nTake lots of shots, from lots of different angles and focal points. In some cases you may be physically limited by the landscape, for instance if you’re shooting on the shore, but if you don’t have a zoom lens then you can physically walk closer and further away to get a different perspective. \r\n\r\nShoot at different exposures. You can do this with both a DSLR or an iPhone – when using a DSLR try shooting in shutter priority mode and start with a very fast shutter moving slower and slower. As the shutter speed gets slower you will be more and more likely to need a tripod. If you’re shooting with an iPhone tap the viewfinder to set the exposure, to reset for a different exposure tap in a different place! Easy! \r\n\r\nOur last tip for shooting is to change your white balance out of “auto” into “cloudy” or “shade”. Both cloudy and shade will give you much warmer results, which is usually preferable when shooting the sun. If you leave your camera in auto white balance, you run the risk of altering that special warmth and glow you’re trying to achieve. If you’re shooting with an iPhone then why not try shooting in an app like Almost DSLR or editing your photo in an app like Photo Forge 2, where you’ll get good results by adjusting the white balance. \r\n\r\nFinally…if you don’t get good shots one night, try again the next night! It’s not an exact science, sometimes it comes together and other times it doesn’t…just have fun, you’re on vacation after all. \r\n','Photography Tips For Shooting Sunsets ','','inherit','open','open','','5657-revision-2','','','2011-10-10 13:41:49','2011-10-10 13:41:49','',5657,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5657-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5660,16,'2011-10-10 13:44:22','2011-10-10 13:44:22','Whether you’re shooting with your DSLR or your iPhone, sunsets are definitely a popular photographic subject! Most people shoot sunsets when they are away on vacation or holiday, or when they are travelling, but don’t forget you can get some great sunset shots wherever you live! With a little bit of planning and our photography tips for shooting sunsets you’ll be shooting beautiful sunsets wherever you are. What makes a good sunset photograph is difficult to say, but for most it is the feeling that is evoked when they see it, whether it be a sense of tranquillity, or serenity but for most it’s the feeling that they could step right into that photo and feel instantly relaxed. So first off, remember that you’re trying to evoke a feeling with a sunset photo – keep that in mind and you’re off to a good start. \r\n\r\n<h4>Forward Planning</h4> \r\n\r\nMost people shoot sunsets spontaneously, and while this does often get good results, a bit of planning ahead can ensure you get some awesome shots. Take a look around you and find some places that you think might get nice shots. Look not only for places where you can see the sun track all the way down, but also places that may provide for elements in the foreground and middle ground of your shot. Look for interesting shapes, trees, buildings, etc to provide silhouettes for your photo. \r\n\r\nAlso consider what equipment you might need before hand, a tripod is always a great idea for sunset photos, but if you’re shooting with an iPhone a good sturdy rock or other support will do. If you’re shooting with your DSLR, be sure to take a couple of different lenses, a wide angle or a zoom lens with different focal lengths is ideal…just take what you have and make the most of it when you get there. \r\n\r\nMake note of what time the sun sets, and plan to be there about half an hour before, so you can get set up. It is usually the twenty minutes before, and twenty minutes after the sun disappears when the light is best for shooting…don’t stop shooting just because the sun is gone! \r\n\r\n<h4>Composition</h4>\r\n\r\nYou can use a variety of different objects as focal points for your shot, as we mentioned above silhouettes are a great point of interest, but don’t forget that the sun can also be a good focal point in an of itself. A silhouette could be anything from a boat on the water, a pier or people, to various parts of the landscape including mountains, trees, buildings, or islands. Don’t forget that clouds can also be part of the composition! \r\n\r\nUse the rule of thirds when you need to fall back on a few composition tricks to make the most of what you’re shooting, but on the other hand don’t be afraid to try something new while you shoot. Rules are made to be broken. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting</h4> \r\n\r\nTake lots of shots, from lots of different angles and focal points. In some cases you may be physically limited by the landscape, for instance if you’re shooting on the shore, but if you don’t have a zoom lens then you can physically walk closer and further away to get a different perspective. \r\n\r\nShoot at different exposures. You can do this with both a DSLR or an iPhone – when using a DSLR try shooting in shutter priority mode and start with a very fast shutter moving slower and slower. As the shutter speed gets slower you will be more and more likely to need a tripod. If you’re shooting with an iPhone tap the viewfinder to set the exposure, to reset for a different exposure tap in a different place! Easy! \r\n\r\nOur last tip for shooting is to change your white balance out of “auto” into “cloudy” or “shade”. Both cloudy and shade will give you much warmer results, which is usually preferable when shooting the sun. If you leave your camera in auto white balance, you run the risk of altering that special warmth and glow you’re trying to achieve. If you’re shooting with an iPhone then why not try shooting in an app like Almost DSLR or editing your photo in an app like Photo Forge 2, where you’ll get good results by adjusting the white balance. \r\n\r\nFinally…if you don’t get good shots one night, try again the next night! It’s not an exact science, sometimes it comes together and other times it doesn’t…just have fun, you’re on vacation after all. \r\n','Photography Tips For Shooting Sunsets ','','inherit','open','open','','5657-revision-3','','','2011-10-10 13:44:22','2011-10-10 13:44:22','',5657,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5657-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5661,16,'2011-10-10 13:53:24','2011-10-10 13:53:24','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com\" title=\"Get your free Instagram eBook here\">on the home page.</a>\r\n\r\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \r\n\r\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"458\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"708\" height=\"344\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \r\n','Download All Your Instagram Photos','','inherit','open','open','','5615-autosave','','','2011-10-10 13:53:24','2011-10-10 13:53:24','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(5663,16,'2011-10-20 08:00:55','2011-10-20 08:00:55','To continue our celebration of our latest eBook – the Go-To Guide for Instagram, today we’re posting about some of the Instagram apps you can use to supersize your Instagram experience. Now before you’re all “HUH? I thought Instagram WAS the app to use?”, and we say with a resounding “YES! It still is!”…but there’s a few apps that can improve the way you view your photos, help you find new followers, and just generally expand your Instagram fun, and as far as we’re concerned that’s pretty darned cool. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instabam/id437615875?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instabam</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instabam.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instabam.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nOk, we love this app for the name alone…Insta-BAM! InstaBAM! Woo, it’s so much fun just to say it! Try it for yourself…emphasis on the BAM. We challenge you not to smile. Further to the awesome name, Instabam uses your location to find all of the photos that have been taken within a certain distance of your location. So check out the world around you through the eyes of Instagram. Oh yeah, and it’s FREE! \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instaradar/id426910032?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">InstaRadar</a></h4>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/InstaRadar.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/InstaRadar.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nInstaradar is a bit like InstaBAM but rather than show you photos via your location, you can use an interactive map to search, explore, and view Instagram photos via geo location. This is an awesome way to check out not only points around you, but places all over the world! Why not check out your next vacation spot on Instagram before you go? \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instamap-real-time-instagram/id437617395?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instamap</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instamap.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instamap.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstamap is essentially a browser for Instagram and like Instaradar it allows you to browse and view Instagram photos by location or geo tag. But what’s really cool about Instamap is that it’s a “real-time” browser, meaning you can load a location, or a feed and watch as photos from that location are uploaded, in real time. You can also view popular photos and your own stream in gallery mode. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instagallery-browse-instagram/id422065992?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instagallery</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instagallery.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instagallery.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstagallery is an Instagram browser, and gallery all in one! Not only can you browse and view photos full-size or thumbnail, but you can also create sets of your favorite photos. Instagallery has many of the same functions as the Instagram app itself, you can follow, like, search, with the added ability to email your own Instagram photos to friends. You can also hook up this useful app to your Apple TV via AirPlay to share photos or view slideshows. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instashow/id434563527?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instashow</a></h4>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nInstashow is a nifty little app that shows a live stream slideshow of the people you’re following, your photos, the photos you’ve liked, or show photos from a #hashtag. View your Instagram feed vertically, horizontally and with a variety of cool frames and tiles! \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instadesk/id428652446?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">InstaDesk</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instadesk.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"420\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instadesk.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstadesk is an Instagram desktop client for Mac. Much like the (many) web-based Instagram clients, you can browse your own feed and those you are following. InstaDesk also has a cool social graph to help you find new people to follow. With all of the functionality of the Instagram app, you can keep up with your favourite “photo twitter” app straight from your desktop. Your boss will never know you’re surfing Instagram…\r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/carousel/id437548184?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">Carousel</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Carousel.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"412\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Carousel.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nLike InstaDesk, Carousel is a Mac desktop app made for viewing, liking, commenting, saving, and much much more… Carousel will appeal to the minimalist in everyone, it simply does what it says on the tin, and for that we’re grateful! Simple, easy, and slick Instagram operations in one useful Mac app! \r\n','A Selection of Great Instagram Apps','','publish','open','open','','a-selection-of-great-instagram-apps','','','2011-10-19 07:43:22','2011-10-19 07:43:22','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5663',0,'post','',1),(5664,16,'2011-10-10 14:49:10','2011-10-10 14:49:10','To continue our celebration of our latest eBook – the Go-To Guide for Instagram, today we’re posting about some of the apps you can use in conjunction with Instagram. Now before you’re all “HUH? I thought Instagram WAS the app to use?”, and we say with a resounding “YES! It still is!”…but there’s a few apps that can improve your Instagram experience and as far as we’re concerned that’s pretty darned cool. \n\n<h4>Instabam</h4> \n\nOk, we love this app for the name alone…Insta-BAM! InstaBAM! Woo, it’s so much fun just to say it! Try it for yourself…emphasis on the BAM. We challenge you not to smile. Further to the awesome name, Instabam uses your location to find all of the photos that have been taken within a certain distance of your location. So check out the world around you through the eyes of Instagram. Oh yeah, and it’s FREE! \n\n<h4>InstaRadar</h4> \n\nInstaradar is a bit like InstaBAM but rather than show you photos via your location, you can use an interactive map to search, explore, and view Instagram photos via geo location. This is an awesome way to check out not only points around you, but places all over the world! Why not check out your next vacation spot on Instagram before you go? \n\nInstamap \n\nInstamap is essentially a browser for Instagram and like Instaradar it allows you to browse and view Instagram photos by location or geo tag. But what’s really cool about Instamap is that it’s a “real-time” browser, meaning you can load a location, or a feed and watch as photos from that location are uploaded, in real time. You can also view popular photos and your own stream in gallery mode. \n\nInstagallery \n\nInstagallery is an Instagram browser, and gallery all in one! Not only can you browse and view photos full-size or thumbnail, but you can also create sets of your favorite photos. Instagallery has many of the same functions as the Instagram app itself, you can follow, like, search, with the added ability to email your own Instagram photos to friends. You can also hook up this useful app to your Apple TV via AirPlay to share photos or view slideshows. \n\nInstashow \n\nInstashow is a nifty little app that shows a live stream slideshow of the people you’re following, your photos, the photos you’ve liked, or show photos from a #hashtag. View your Instagram feed vertically, horizontally and with a variety of cool frames and tiles! \n\nInstaDesk\n\nInstadesk is an Instagram desktop client for Mac. Much like the (many) web-based Instagram clients, you can browse your own feed and those you are following. InstaDesk also has a cool social graph to help you find new people to follow. With all of the functionality of the Instagram app, you can keep up with your favourite “photo twitter” app straight from your desktop. Your boss will never know you’re surfing Instagram…\n\nCarousel \n\nLike InstaDesk, Carousel is a Mac desktop app made for viewing, liking, commenting, saving, and much much more… Carousel will appeal to the minimalist in everyone, it simply does what it says on the tin, and for that we’re grateful! Simple, easy, and slick Instagram operations in one useful Mac app! \n','A Selection of Great Instagram Apps ','','inherit','open','open','','5663-revision','','','2011-10-10 14:49:10','2011-10-10 14:49:10','',5663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5663-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5665,16,'2011-10-10 14:53:16','2011-10-10 14:53:16','To continue our celebration of our latest eBook – the Go-To Guide for Instagram, today we’re posting about some of the Instagram apps you can use to supersize your Instagram experience. Now before you’re all “HUH? I thought Instagram WAS the app to use?”, and we say with a resounding “YES! It still is!”…but there’s a few apps that can improve the way you view your photos, help you find new followers, and just generally expand your Instagram fun, and as far as we’re concerned that’s pretty darned cool. \n\n<h4>Instabam</h4> \n\nOk, we love this app for the name alone…Insta-BAM! InstaBAM! Woo, it’s so much fun just to say it! Try it for yourself…emphasis on the BAM. We challenge you not to smile. Further to the awesome name, Instabam uses your location to find all of the photos that have been taken within a certain distance of your location. So check out the world around you through the eyes of Instagram. Oh yeah, and it’s FREE! \n\n<h4>InstaRadar</h4> \n\nInstaradar is a bit like InstaBAM but rather than show you photos via your location, you can use an interactive map to search, explore, and view Instagram photos via geo location. This is an awesome way to check out not only points around you, but places all over the world! Why not check out your next vacation spot on Instagram before you go? \n\n<h4>Instamap</h4> \n\nInstamap is essentially a browser for Instagram and like Instaradar it allows you to browse and view Instagram photos by location or geo tag. But what’s really cool about Instamap is that it’s a “real-time” browser, meaning you can load a location, or a feed and watch as photos from that location are uploaded, in real time. You can also view popular photos and your own stream in gallery mode. \n\n<h4>Instagallery</h4> \n\nInstagallery is an Instagram browser, and gallery all in one! Not only can you browse and view photos full-size or thumbnail, but you can also create sets of your favorite photos. Instagallery has many of the same functions as the Instagram app itself, you can follow, like, search, with the added ability to email your own Instagram photos to friends. You can also hook up this useful app to your Apple TV via AirPlay to share photos or view slideshows. \n\n<h4>Instashow</h4> \n\nInstashow is a nifty little app that shows a live stream slideshow of the people you’re following, your photos, the photos you’ve liked, or show photos from a #hashtag. View your Instagram feed vertically, horizontally and with a variety of cool frames and tiles! \n\n<h4>InstaDesk</h4> \n\nInstadesk is an Instagram desktop client for Mac. Much like the (many) web-based Instagram clients, you can browse your own feed and those you are following. InstaDesk also has a cool social graph to help you find new people to follow. With all of the functionality of the Instagram app, you can keep up with your favourite “photo twitter” app straight from your desktop. Your boss will never know you’re surfing Instagram…\n\n<h4>Carousel</h4> \n\nLike InstaDesk, Carousel is a Mac desktop app made for viewing, liking, commenting, saving, and much much more… Carousel will appeal to the minimalist in everyone, it simply does what it says on the tin, and for that we’re grateful! Simple, easy, and slick Instagram operations in one useful Mac app! \n','A Selection of Great Instagram Apps ','','inherit','open','open','','5663-revision-2','','','2011-10-10 14:53:16','2011-10-10 14:53:16','',5663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5663-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5662,16,'2011-10-10 09:06:06','2011-10-10 09:06:06','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy here. \r\n\r\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \r\n\r\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"458\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"708\" height=\"344\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \r\n','Download All Your Instagram Photos','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision-11','','','2011-10-10 09:06:06','2011-10-10 09:06:06','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(5666,16,'2011-10-10 14:54:05','2011-10-10 14:54:05','To continue our celebration of our latest eBook – the Go-To Guide for Instagram, today we’re posting about some of the Instagram apps you can use to supersize your Instagram experience. Now before you’re all “HUH? I thought Instagram WAS the app to use?”, and we say with a resounding “YES! It still is!”…but there’s a few apps that can improve the way you view your photos, help you find new followers, and just generally expand your Instagram fun, and as far as we’re concerned that’s pretty darned cool. \r\n\r\n<h4>Instabam</h4> \r\n\r\nOk, we love this app for the name alone…Insta-BAM! InstaBAM! Woo, it’s so much fun just to say it! Try it for yourself…emphasis on the BAM. We challenge you not to smile. Further to the awesome name, Instabam uses your location to find all of the photos that have been taken within a certain distance of your location. So check out the world around you through the eyes of Instagram. Oh yeah, and it’s FREE! \r\n\r\n<h4>InstaRadar</h4> \r\n\r\nInstaradar is a bit like InstaBAM but rather than show you photos via your location, you can use an interactive map to search, explore, and view Instagram photos via geo location. This is an awesome way to check out not only points around you, but places all over the world! Why not check out your next vacation spot on Instagram before you go? \r\n\r\n<h4>Instamap</h4> \r\n\r\nInstamap is essentially a browser for Instagram and like Instaradar it allows you to browse and view Instagram photos by location or geo tag. But what’s really cool about Instamap is that it’s a “real-time” browser, meaning you can load a location, or a feed and watch as photos from that location are uploaded, in real time. You can also view popular photos and your own stream in gallery mode. \r\n\r\n<h4>Instagallery</h4> \r\n\r\nInstagallery is an Instagram browser, and gallery all in one! Not only can you browse and view photos full-size or thumbnail, but you can also create sets of your favorite photos. Instagallery has many of the same functions as the Instagram app itself, you can follow, like, search, with the added ability to email your own Instagram photos to friends. You can also hook up this useful app to your Apple TV via AirPlay to share photos or view slideshows. \r\n\r\n<h4>Instashow</h4> \r\n\r\nInstashow is a nifty little app that shows a live stream slideshow of the people you’re following, your photos, the photos you’ve liked, or show photos from a #hashtag. View your Instagram feed vertically, horizontally and with a variety of cool frames and tiles! \r\n\r\n<h4>InstaDesk</h4> \r\n\r\nInstadesk is an Instagram desktop client for Mac. Much like the (many) web-based Instagram clients, you can browse your own feed and those you are following. InstaDesk also has a cool social graph to help you find new people to follow. With all of the functionality of the Instagram app, you can keep up with your favourite “photo twitter” app straight from your desktop. Your boss will never know you’re surfing Instagram…\r\n\r\n<h4>Carousel</h4> \r\n\r\nLike InstaDesk, Carousel is a Mac desktop app made for viewing, liking, commenting, saving, and much much more… Carousel will appeal to the minimalist in everyone, it simply does what it says on the tin, and for that we’re grateful! Simple, easy, and slick Instagram operations in one useful Mac app! \r\n','A Selection of Great Instagram Apps ','','inherit','open','open','','5663-revision-3','','','2011-10-10 14:54:05','2011-10-10 14:54:05','',5663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5663-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5668,16,'2011-10-10 15:00:37','2011-10-10 15:00:37','Gone are days when only professional photographers – and anyone with money to burn – are those using DSLR cameras. When camera manufacturers started to roll out cheaper entry-level DSLRs, more camera enthusiasts (and ordinary folks) have joined the DSLR club. Not only are DSLR\'s more affordable than ever...but they\'re now much easier to use too. Of course, one of the best perks when shooting with a DSLR, is the ability to shoot in RAW, but it\'s often difficult for beginner photographers to know when to start shooting raw. We break it down for you here...\n\n&nbsp;\n\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<div><a title=\"ACR | RAW | Hard Chisel Look Tutorial by Wazari Wazir, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/wazari/3518160200/\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"600\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/RAW.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>ACR | RAW | Hard Chisel Look Tutorial</em>\nPhoto by by Wazari Wazir</p>\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\n<strong>What the heck is shooting in RAW?</strong>\n\nRAW, as the name implies, is the unprocessed digital data as recorded by your camera. It contains all of the information that the camera’s image sensor recorded without any adjustments. It is “raw” in the sense that the camera does not perform any interpretation or alteration of the captured data; this step is left to you, the photographer, to edit in post-processing. Simply put, RAW data is like a “digital negative”.\n\n<strong>RAW vs JPEG </strong>\n\nAs we said before, RAW allows the photographer to save all the data captured by the camera image sensor. On the other hand, when shooting in JPEG, the camera processes the photo at the time of shooting, this processing (or compressing as it is also known) cannot be \"undone\". Images that have been compressed are usually much smaller than RAW images - and in some cases the quality of the photo may be affected by the compression.\n\n<strong>Advantages of shooting in RAW:</strong>[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Gives you the ability to change the photo in any way after it is taken.</li>\n	<li>Gives you maximum control with settings such as exposure, saturation, and white balance.</li>\n	<li>RAW images have great color depth.</li>\n	<li>Post-processing is unlimited when shooting in RAW and new software for processing images is being developed all the time.</li>\n	<li>Large file sizes means your images can be printed at any size.</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\n<strong>Disadvantages of shooting in RAW:</strong>[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Very large individual file size - usually over 20MB per file.</li>\n	<li>Transferring files, and editing RAW files is time-consuming and uses a lot of computer processing power.</li>\n	<li>You will need specialized photo processing software such as Photoshop, or Lightroom.</li>\n	<li>Action shots taken in burst mode is not ideal when shooting in RAW as it will put a large burden on the memory card.</li>\n</ul>\n[/list]\n\n<strong>So, do you need to shoot in RAW?</strong>\n\nPut simply, maybe. Whether or not you shoot in RAW depends on the requirements for your photography and your willingness to do post-processing work. If image quality, flexibility, and post-processing are of importance to you, go for RAW. If you are just casually shooting images that you are not likely to edit, then shooting in JPEG is probably more suitable.\n\nOne last note: Not all digital cameras support the RAW format, but most DSLR\'s do. Most camera manufacturers will provide software with the camera to edit your RAW files - other photo editing software such as Photoshop, Picasa, and Lightoom will do the job nicely.','When To Start Shooting RAW?','','inherit','open','open','','1326-revision-5','','','2011-10-10 15:00:37','2011-10-10 15:00:37','',1326,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1326-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5669,16,'2011-10-10 15:02:57','2011-10-10 15:02:57','Gone are days when only professional photographers – and anyone with money to burn – are those using DSLR cameras. When camera manufacturers started to roll out cheaper entry-level DSLRs, more camera enthusiasts (and ordinary folks) have joined the DSLR club. Not only are DSLR\'s more affordable than ever...but they\'re now much easier to use too. Of course, one of the best perks when shooting with a DSLR, is the ability to shoot in RAW, but it\'s often difficult for beginner photographers to know when to start shooting raw. We break it down for you here...\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"ACR | RAW | Hard Chisel Look Tutorial by Wazari Wazir, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/wazari/3518160200/\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"600\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/RAW.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>ACR | RAW | Hard Chisel Look Tutorial</em>\r\nPhoto by by Wazari Wazir</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<h4>What the heck is shooting in RAW?</h4>\r\n\r\nRAW, as the name implies, is the unprocessed digital data as recorded by your camera. It contains all of the information that the camera’s image sensor recorded without any adjustments. It is “raw” in the sense that the camera does not perform any interpretation or alteration of the captured data; this step is left to you, the photographer, to edit in post-processing. Simply put, RAW data is like a “digital negative”.\r\n\r\n<h4>RAW vs JPEG</h4>\r\n\r\nAs we said before, RAW allows the photographer to save all the data captured by the camera image sensor. On the other hand, when shooting in JPEG, the camera processes the photo at the time of shooting, this processing (or compressing as it is also known) cannot be \"undone\". Images that have been compressed are usually much smaller than RAW images - and in some cases the quality of the photo may be affected by the compression.\r\n\r\n<h4>Advantages of shooting in RAW:</h4>[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Gives you the ability to change the photo in any way after it is taken.</li>\r\n	<li>Gives you maximum control with settings such as exposure, saturation, and white balance.</li>\r\n	<li>RAW images have great color depth.</li>\r\n	<li>Post-processing is unlimited when shooting in RAW and new software for processing images is being developed all the time.</li>\r\n	<li>Large file sizes means your images can be printed at any size.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<h4>Disadvantages of shooting in RAW:</h4>[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Very large individual file size - usually over 20MB per file.</li>\r\n	<li>Transferring files, and editing RAW files is time-consuming and uses a lot of computer processing power.</li>\r\n	<li>You will need specialized photo processing software such as Photoshop, or Lightroom.</li>\r\n	<li>Action shots taken in burst mode is not ideal when shooting in RAW as it will put a large burden on the memory card.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<h4>So, do you need to shoot in RAW?</h4>\r\n\r\nPut simply, maybe. Whether or not you shoot in RAW depends on the requirements for your photography and your willingness to do post-processing work. If image quality, flexibility, and post-processing are of importance to you, go for RAW, but be prepared to spend more time editing and ensure you\'ve got the space to keep the large RAW files. If you are just casually shooting images that you are not likely to edit, then shooting in JPEG is probably fine for your shooting style.\r\n\r\nOne last note: Not all digital cameras support the RAW format, but most DSLR\'s do. Most camera manufacturers will provide software with the camera to edit your RAW files - other photo editing software such as Photoshop, Picasa, and Lightoom will do the job nicely.','When To Start Shooting RAW?','','inherit','open','open','','1326-revision-6','','','2011-10-10 15:02:57','2011-10-10 15:02:57','',1326,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1326-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5670,16,'2011-10-10 15:03:47','2011-10-10 15:03:47','Gone are days when only professional photographers – and anyone with money to burn – are those using DSLR cameras. When camera manufacturers started to roll out cheaper entry-level DSLRs, more camera enthusiasts (and ordinary folks) have joined the DSLR club. Not only are DSLR\'s more affordable than ever...but they\'re now much easier to use too. Of course, one of the best perks when shooting with a DSLR, is the ability to shoot in RAW, but it\'s often difficult for beginner photographers to know when to start shooting raw. We break it down for you here...\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"ACR | RAW | Hard Chisel Look Tutorial by Wazari Wazir, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/wazari/3518160200/\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"600\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/RAW.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>ACR | RAW | Hard Chisel Look Tutorial</em>\r\nPhoto by by Wazari Wazir</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<h4>What the heck is shooting in RAW?</h4>\r\n\r\nRAW, as the name implies, is the unprocessed digital data as recorded by your camera. It contains all of the information that the camera’s image sensor recorded without any adjustments. It is “raw” in the sense that the camera does not perform any interpretation or alteration of the captured data; this step is left to you, the photographer, to edit in post-processing. Simply put, RAW data is like a “digital negative”.\r\n\r\n<h4>RAW vs JPEG</h4>\r\n\r\nAs we said before, RAW allows the photographer to save all the data captured by the camera image sensor. On the other hand, when shooting in JPEG, the camera processes the photo at the time of shooting, this processing (or compressing as it is also known) cannot be \"undone\". Images that have been compressed are usually much smaller than RAW images - and in some cases the quality of the photo may be affected by the compression.\r\n\r\n<h4>Advantages of shooting in RAW:</h4>[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Gives you the ability to change the photo in any way after it is taken.</li>\r\n	<li>Gives you maximum control with settings such as exposure, saturation, and white balance.</li>\r\n	<li>RAW images have great color depth.</li>\r\n	<li>Post-processing is unlimited when shooting in RAW and new software for processing images is being developed all the time.</li>\r\n	<li>Large file sizes means your images can be printed at any size.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<h4>Disadvantages of shooting in RAW:</h4>[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Very large individual file size - usually over 20MB per file.</li>\r\n	<li>Transferring files, and editing RAW files is time-consuming and uses a lot of computer processing power.</li>\r\n	<li>You will need specialized photo processing software such as Photoshop, or Lightroom.</li>\r\n	<li>Action shots taken in burst mode is not ideal when shooting in RAW as it will put a large burden on the memory card.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<h4>So, do you need to shoot in RAW?</h4>\r\n\r\nPut simply, maybe. Whether or not you shoot in RAW depends on the requirements for your photography and your willingness to do post-processing work. If image quality, flexibility, and post-processing are of importance to you, go for RAW, but be prepared to spend more time editing and ensure you\'ve got the space to keep the large RAW files. If you are just casually shooting images that you are not likely to edit, then shooting in JPEG is probably fine for your shooting style.\r\n\r\nOne last note: Not all digital cameras support the RAW format, but most DSLR\'s do. Most camera manufacturers will provide software with the camera to edit your RAW files - other photo editing software such as Photoshop, Picasa, and Lightoom will do the job nicely.','When To Start Shooting RAW?','','inherit','open','open','','1326-revision-7','','','2011-10-10 15:03:47','2011-10-10 15:03:47','',1326,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1326-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5671,16,'2011-10-10 13:45:35','2011-10-10 13:45:35','Whether you’re shooting with your DSLR or your iPhone, sunsets are definitely a popular photographic subject! Most people shoot sunsets when they are away on vacation or holiday, or when they are travelling, but don’t forget you can get some great sunset shots wherever you live! With a little bit of planning and our photography tips for shooting sunsets you’ll be shooting beautiful sunsets wherever you are. What makes a good sunset photograph is difficult to say, but for most it is the feeling that is evoked when they see it, whether it be a sense of tranquillity, or serenity but for most it’s the feeling that they could step right into that photo and feel instantly relaxed. So first off, remember that you’re trying to evoke a feeling with a sunset photo – keep that in mind and you’re off to a good start. \r\n\r\n<h4>Forward Planning</h4> \r\n\r\nMost people shoot sunsets spontaneously, and while this does often get good results, a bit of planning ahead can ensure you get some awesome shots. Take a look around you and find some places that you think might get nice shots. Look not only for places where you can see the sun track all the way down, but also places that may provide for elements in the foreground and middle ground of your shot. Look for interesting shapes, trees, buildings, etc to provide silhouettes for your photo. \r\n\r\nAlso consider what equipment you might need before hand, a tripod is always a great idea for sunset photos, but if you’re shooting with an iPhone a good sturdy rock or other support will do. If you’re shooting with your DSLR, be sure to take a couple of different lenses, a wide angle or a zoom lens with different focal lengths is ideal…just take what you have and make the most of it when you get there. \r\n\r\nMake note of what time the sun sets, and plan to be there about half an hour before, so you can get set up. It is usually the twenty minutes before, and twenty minutes after the sun disappears when the light is best for shooting…don’t stop shooting just because the sun is gone! \r\n\r\n<h4>Composition</h4>\r\n\r\nYou can use a variety of different objects as focal points for your shot, as we mentioned above silhouettes are a great point of interest, but don’t forget that the sun can also be a good focal point in an of itself. A silhouette could be anything from a boat on the water, a pier or people, to various parts of the landscape including mountains, trees, buildings, or islands. Don’t forget that clouds can also be part of the composition! \r\n\r\nUse the rule of thirds when you need to fall back on a few composition tricks to make the most of what you’re shooting, but on the other hand don’t be afraid to try something new while you shoot. Rules are made to be broken. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting</h4> \r\n\r\nTake lots of shots, from lots of different angles and focal points. In some cases you may be physically limited by the landscape, for instance if you’re shooting on the shore, but if you don’t have a zoom lens then you can physically walk closer and further away to get a different perspective. \r\n\r\nShoot at different exposures. You can do this with both a DSLR or an iPhone – when using a DSLR try shooting in shutter priority mode and start with a very fast shutter moving slower and slower. As the shutter speed gets slower you will be more and more likely to need a tripod. If you’re shooting with an iPhone tap the viewfinder to set the exposure, to reset for a different exposure tap in a different place! Easy! \r\n\r\nOur last tip for shooting is to change your white balance out of “auto” into “cloudy” or “shade”. Both cloudy and shade will give you much warmer results, which is usually preferable when shooting the sun. If you leave your camera in auto white balance, you run the risk of altering that special warmth and glow you’re trying to achieve. If you’re shooting with an iPhone then why not try shooting in an app like Almost DSLR or editing your photo in an app like Photo Forge 2, where you’ll get good results by adjusting the white balance. \r\n\r\nFinally…if you don’t get good shots one night, try again the next night! It’s not an exact science, sometimes it comes together and other times it doesn’t…just have fun, you’re on vacation after all. \r\n','Photography Tips For Shooting Sunsets','','inherit','open','open','','5657-revision-4','','','2011-10-10 13:45:35','2011-10-10 13:45:35','',5657,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5657-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5672,16,'2011-10-21 08:00:02','2011-10-21 08:00:02','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"450\" height=\"281\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplash.png\" title=\"Color Splash Studio for Mac\" alt=\"Selective color with Color Splash Studio for Mac\"></td>\r\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/splashlogo.png\" alt=\"Color Splash Studio Logo\" />\r\n\r\nIf you\'re a fan of desaturation and selective color apps like the Color Splash app, you\'re gonna love this Color Splash Studio Review! MacPhun, the creators of the ever-popular FX Photo Studio and many other great photo apps have recently launched Color Splash Studio, a selective color photo-editing app for Mac users. Let\'s talk color.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Macphun</li>\r\n<li>Desaturate images and add selective color to JPEG, PNG, TIFF and RAW files</li>\r\n<li>Easy interface</li>\r\n<li>Quick and effective editing</li>\r\n<li>Share through email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, and Twitter</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple, easy layout</li>\r\n<li>Adjust diameter, softness, and opacity of color brush and use brush on grayscale layer</li>\r\n<li>Adjust brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure of color layer and grayscale layer</li>\r\n<li>Easy undo / redo</li>\r\n<li>Compare original to edit on-screen</li>\r\n<li>Opens all file types including RAW</li>\r\n<li>Save as JPEG, JPEG 2000, Open EXR, PNG, and TIFF</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Large files are slow to edit and save</li>\r\n<li>Only one editing window / photo open at a time</li>\r\n<li>No in-app cropping or rotation</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nThis simple app makes selective color desktop editing a snap! \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Color Splash Studio for Mac is perfect for the beginner editor and color splash enthusiast, a fantastic and reasonably priced app for desaturation / selective color.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhether you call it selective color, desaturation, color splash, or...any other name under the sun, selective color editing apps have been huge in the last few years. Since Color Splash app was release on the iPhone, there\'s been every incarnation under the sun...but this one is a little bit different. Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac is a great new desktop editing program for creating desaturated images with selective color. It offers a plethora of simple editing features and is a great testament to \"do one thing and do it well\".   \r\n\r\nThe app itself is an exercise in simplicity, simply load a photo (either via drag and drop, import, or saved image) and it will appear already desaturated in the viewfinder. The app home screen shows a toolbar at the top of the viewfinder and as well as the main editing brushes (color, grayscale, and panning) on the right hand side of the screen. The home screen is easy to navigate, and really intuitive making it a great place to start for beginners or anyone who doesn\'t want to load up photoshop just to desaturate.  \r\n\r\nSo once you\'ve got your photo loaded you can use the brush pallet to begin editing. You can select the size, softness and opacity of each of the brushes. Further to that as you brush over your image you can then edit the brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure. It\'s so simple, you can hardly go wrong...but if you do there\'s an easy Undo / Redo function in the main toolbar. Once finished you can save in various formats, and share via email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, or Twitter...as we see it the only one that\'s missing is Instagram! \r\n\r\nFrankly, we\'ve got very few complaints about the app - on the whole it works really well. It is a bit slow to load if you\'re working with large files such as RAW, but on the whole it is really speedy. The only thing we would\'ve liked to see here would be basic cropping or rotation, which would\'ve been useful so that if your photos need a basic crop or rotation you don\'t have to open another program to do it...but we\'re not grumbling too much about this.   \r\n\r\nSo there you have it, a simple, easy, desaturation selective color editor that does exactly what it says on the tin! If you love selective color, get yourself Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac today! \r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Color Splash Studio for Mac\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Color Splash Studio for Mac 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Color Splash Studio Review - Mac Desktop App','','publish','open','open','','color-splash-studio-review-mac-desktop-app','','','2011-10-15 07:35:01','2011-10-15 07:35:01','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5672',0,'post','',0),(5673,16,'2011-10-10 16:18:49','2011-10-10 16:18:49','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"340\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dramaticblackwhite.jpg\" title=\"Dramatic Black & White App\" alt=\"Get Dramatic Photos with Dramatic Black & White iPhone App\"></td>\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dbwlogo.png\" alt=\"Dramatic Black & White App Icon\" />\n\nIf you\'re a fan of desaturation and selective color apps like the Color Splash app, you\'re gonna love this! MacPhun, the creators of the ever-popular FX Photo Studio and many other great photo apps have recently launched Color Splash Studio, a selective color photo-editing app for Mac users.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Macphun</li>\n<li>Desaturate images and add selective color to JPEG, PNG, TIFF and RAW files</li>\n<li>Easy interface</li>\n<li>Quick and effective editing</li>\n<li>Share through email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, and Twitter</li>\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Simple, easy layout</li>\n<li>Adjust diameter, softness, and opacity of color brush and use brush on grayscale layer</li>\n<li>Adjust brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure of color layer and grayscale layer</li>\n<li>Easy undo / redo</li>\n<li>Compare original to edit on-screen</li>\n<li>Opens all file types including RAW</li>\n<li>Save as JPEG, JPEG 2000, Open EXR, PNG, and TIFF</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Large files are slow to edit and save</li>\n<li>Only one editing window / photo open at a time</li>\n<li>No in-app cropping or rotation</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nThis simple app makes selective color desktop editing a snap! \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Color Splash Studio for Mac is perfect for the beginner editor and color splash enthusiast, a fantastic and reasonably priced app for desaturation / selective color.[/tab] \n\n[/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nWhether you call it selective color, desaturation, color splash, or...any other name under the sun, selective color editing apps have been huge in the last few years. Since Color Splash app was release on the iPhone, there\'s been every incarnation under the sun...but this one is a little bit different. Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac is a great new desktop editing program for creating desaturated images with selective color. It offers a plethora of simple editing features and is a great testament to \"do one thing and do it well\".   \n\nThe app itself is an exercise in simplicity, simply load a photo (either via drag and drop, import, or saved image) and it will appear already desaturated in the viewfinder. The app home screen shows a toolbar at the top of the viewfinder and as well as the main editing brushes (color, grayscale, and panning) on the right hand side of the screen. The home screen is easy to navigate, and really intuitive making it a great place to start for beginners or anyone who doesn\'t want to load up photoshop just to desaturate.  \n\nSo once you\'ve got your photo loaded you can use the brush pallet to begin editing. You can select the size, softness and opacity of each of the brushes. Further to that as you brush over your image you can then edit the brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure. It\'s so simple, you can hardly go wrong...but if you do there\'s an easy Undo / Redo function in the main toolbar. Once finished you can save in various formats, and share via email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, or Twitter...as we see it the only one that\'s missing is Instagram! \n\nFrankly, we\'ve got very few complaints about the app - on the whole it works really well. It is a bit slow to load if you\'re working with large files such as RAW, but on the whole it is really speedy. The only thing we would\'ve liked to see here would be basic cropping or rotation, which would\'ve been useful so that if your photos need a basic crop or rotation you don\'t have to open another program to do it...but we\'re not grumbling too much about this.   \n\nSo there you have it, a simple, easy, desaturation selective color editor that does exactly what it says on the tin! \n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Color Splash Studio for Mac\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Color Splash Studio for Mac 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Color Splash Studio Review - Mac Desktop App ','','inherit','open','open','','5672-revision','','','2011-10-10 16:18:49','2011-10-10 16:18:49','',5672,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5672-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5675,16,'2011-10-10 16:19:49','2011-10-10 16:19:49','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"340\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dramaticblackwhite.jpg\" title=\"Dramatic Black & White App\" alt=\"Get Dramatic Photos with Dramatic Black & White iPhone App\"></td>\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dbwlogo.png\" alt=\"Dramatic Black & White App Icon\" />\n\nIf you\'re a fan of desaturation and selective color apps like the Color Splash app, you\'re gonna love this! MacPhun, the creators of the ever-popular FX Photo Studio and many other great photo apps have recently launched Color Splash Studio, a selective color photo-editing app for Mac users.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Macphun</li>\n<li>Desaturate images and add selective color to JPEG, PNG, TIFF and RAW files</li>\n<li>Easy interface</li>\n<li>Quick and effective editing</li>\n<li>Share through email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, and Twitter</li>\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Simple, easy layout</li>\n<li>Adjust diameter, softness, and opacity of color brush and use brush on grayscale layer</li>\n<li>Adjust brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure of color layer and grayscale layer</li>\n<li>Easy undo / redo</li>\n<li>Compare original to edit on-screen</li>\n<li>Opens all file types including RAW</li>\n<li>Save as JPEG, JPEG 2000, Open EXR, PNG, and TIFF</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Large files are slow to edit and save</li>\n<li>Only one editing window / photo open at a time</li>\n<li>No in-app cropping or rotation</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nThis simple app makes selective color desktop editing a snap! \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Color Splash Studio for Mac is perfect for the beginner editor and color splash enthusiast, a fantastic and reasonably priced app for desaturation / selective color.[/tab] \n\n[/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nWhether you call it selective color, desaturation, color splash, or...any other name under the sun, selective color editing apps have been huge in the last few years. Since Color Splash app was release on the iPhone, there\'s been every incarnation under the sun...but this one is a little bit different. Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac is a great new desktop editing program for creating desaturated images with selective color. It offers a plethora of simple editing features and is a great testament to \"do one thing and do it well\".   \n\nThe app itself is an exercise in simplicity, simply load a photo (either via drag and drop, import, or saved image) and it will appear already desaturated in the viewfinder. The app home screen shows a toolbar at the top of the viewfinder and as well as the main editing brushes (color, grayscale, and panning) on the right hand side of the screen. The home screen is easy to navigate, and really intuitive making it a great place to start for beginners or anyone who doesn\'t want to load up photoshop just to desaturate.  \n\nSo once you\'ve got your photo loaded you can use the brush pallet to begin editing. You can select the size, softness and opacity of each of the brushes. Further to that as you brush over your image you can then edit the brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure. It\'s so simple, you can hardly go wrong...but if you do there\'s an easy Undo / Redo function in the main toolbar. Once finished you can save in various formats, and share via email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, or Twitter...as we see it the only one that\'s missing is Instagram! \n\nFrankly, we\'ve got very few complaints about the app - on the whole it works really well. It is a bit slow to load if you\'re working with large files such as RAW, but on the whole it is really speedy. The only thing we would\'ve liked to see here would be basic cropping or rotation, which would\'ve been useful so that if your photos need a basic crop or rotation you don\'t have to open another program to do it...but we\'re not grumbling too much about this.   \n\nSo there you have it, a simple, easy, desaturation selective color editor that does exactly what it says on the tin! If you love selective color, get yourself Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac today! \n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Color Splash Studio for Mac\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Color Splash Studio for Mac 4.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Color Splash Studio Review - Mac Desktop App ','','inherit','open','open','','5672-revision-3','','','2011-10-10 16:19:49','2011-10-10 16:19:49','',5672,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5672-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5674,16,'2011-10-10 16:19:24','2011-10-10 16:19:24','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"340\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dramaticblackwhite.jpg\" title=\"Dramatic Black & White App\" alt=\"Get Dramatic Photos with Dramatic Black & White iPhone App\"></td>\r\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dbwlogo.png\" alt=\"Dramatic Black & White App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nIf you\'re a fan of desaturation and selective color apps like the Color Splash app, you\'re gonna love this! MacPhun, the creators of the ever-popular FX Photo Studio and many other great photo apps have recently launched Color Splash Studio, a selective color photo-editing app for Mac users.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Macphun</li>\r\n<li>Desaturate images and add selective color to JPEG, PNG, TIFF and RAW files</li>\r\n<li>Easy interface</li>\r\n<li>Quick and effective editing</li>\r\n<li>Share through email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, and Twitter</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple, easy layout</li>\r\n<li>Adjust diameter, softness, and opacity of color brush and use brush on grayscale layer</li>\r\n<li>Adjust brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure of color layer and grayscale layer</li>\r\n<li>Easy undo / redo</li>\r\n<li>Compare original to edit on-screen</li>\r\n<li>Opens all file types including RAW</li>\r\n<li>Save as JPEG, JPEG 2000, Open EXR, PNG, and TIFF</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Large files are slow to edit and save</li>\r\n<li>Only one editing window / photo open at a time</li>\r\n<li>No in-app cropping or rotation</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nThis simple app makes selective color desktop editing a snap! \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Color Splash Studio for Mac is perfect for the beginner editor and color splash enthusiast, a fantastic and reasonably priced app for desaturation / selective color.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhether you call it selective color, desaturation, color splash, or...any other name under the sun, selective color editing apps have been huge in the last few years. Since Color Splash app was release on the iPhone, there\'s been every incarnation under the sun...but this one is a little bit different. Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac is a great new desktop editing program for creating desaturated images with selective color. It offers a plethora of simple editing features and is a great testament to \"do one thing and do it well\".   \r\n\r\nThe app itself is an exercise in simplicity, simply load a photo (either via drag and drop, import, or saved image) and it will appear already desaturated in the viewfinder. The app home screen shows a toolbar at the top of the viewfinder and as well as the main editing brushes (color, grayscale, and panning) on the right hand side of the screen. The home screen is easy to navigate, and really intuitive making it a great place to start for beginners or anyone who doesn\'t want to load up photoshop just to desaturate.  \r\n\r\nSo once you\'ve got your photo loaded you can use the brush pallet to begin editing. You can select the size, softness and opacity of each of the brushes. Further to that as you brush over your image you can then edit the brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure. It\'s so simple, you can hardly go wrong...but if you do there\'s an easy Undo / Redo function in the main toolbar. Once finished you can save in various formats, and share via email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, or Twitter...as we see it the only one that\'s missing is Instagram! \r\n\r\nFrankly, we\'ve got very few complaints about the app - on the whole it works really well. It is a bit slow to load if you\'re working with large files such as RAW, but on the whole it is really speedy. The only thing we would\'ve liked to see here would be basic cropping or rotation, which would\'ve been useful so that if your photos need a basic crop or rotation you don\'t have to open another program to do it...but we\'re not grumbling too much about this.   \r\n\r\nSo there you have it, a simple, easy, desaturation selective color editor that does exactly what it says on the tin! If you love selective color, get yourself Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac today! \r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Color Splash Studio for Mac\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Color Splash Studio for Mac 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Color Splash Studio Review - Mac Desktop App ','','inherit','open','open','','5672-revision-2','','','2011-10-10 16:19:24','2011-10-10 16:19:24','',5672,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5672-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5707,16,'2011-10-15 07:26:21','2011-10-15 07:26:21','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"340\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplash.png\" title=\"Dramatic Black & White App\" alt=\"Get Dramatic Photos with Dramatic Black & White iPhone App\"></td>\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/splashlogo.png\" alt=\"Color Splash Studio Logo\" />\n\nIf you\'re a fan of desaturation and selective color apps like the Color Splash app, you\'re gonna love this Color Splash Studio Review! MacPhun, the creators of the ever-popular FX Photo Studio and many other great photo apps have recently launched Color Splash Studio, a selective color photo-editing app for Mac users. Let\'s talk color.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Macphun</li>\n<li>Desaturate images and add selective color to JPEG, PNG, TIFF and RAW files</li>\n<li>Easy interface</li>\n<li>Quick and effective editing</li>\n<li>Share through email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, and Twitter</li>\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Simple, easy layout</li>\n<li>Adjust diameter, softness, and opacity of color brush and use brush on grayscale layer</li>\n<li>Adjust brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure of color layer and grayscale layer</li>\n<li>Easy undo / redo</li>\n<li>Compare original to edit on-screen</li>\n<li>Opens all file types including RAW</li>\n<li>Save as JPEG, JPEG 2000, Open EXR, PNG, and TIFF</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Large files are slow to edit and save</li>\n<li>Only one editing window / photo open at a time</li>\n<li>No in-app cropping or rotation</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nThis simple app makes selective color desktop editing a snap! \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Color Splash Studio for Mac is perfect for the beginner editor and color splash enthusiast, a fantastic and reasonably priced app for desaturation / selective color.[/tab] \n\n[/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nWhether you call it selective color, desaturation, color splash, or...any other name under the sun, selective color editing apps have been huge in the last few years. Since Color Splash app was release on the iPhone, there\'s been every incarnation under the sun...but this one is a little bit different. Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac is a great new desktop editing program for creating desaturated images with selective color. It offers a plethora of simple editing features and is a great testament to \"do one thing and do it well\".   \n\nThe app itself is an exercise in simplicity, simply load a photo (either via drag and drop, import, or saved image) and it will appear already desaturated in the viewfinder. The app home screen shows a toolbar at the top of the viewfinder and as well as the main editing brushes (color, grayscale, and panning) on the right hand side of the screen. The home screen is easy to navigate, and really intuitive making it a great place to start for beginners or anyone who doesn\'t want to load up photoshop just to desaturate.  \n\nSo once you\'ve got your photo loaded you can use the brush pallet to begin editing. You can select the size, softness and opacity of each of the brushes. Further to that as you brush over your image you can then edit the brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure. It\'s so simple, you can hardly go wrong...but if you do there\'s an easy Undo / Redo function in the main toolbar. Once finished you can save in various formats, and share via email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, or Twitter...as we see it the only one that\'s missing is Instagram! \n\nFrankly, we\'ve got very few complaints about the app - on the whole it works really well. It is a bit slow to load if you\'re working with large files such as RAW, but on the whole it is really speedy. The only thing we would\'ve liked to see here would be basic cropping or rotation, which would\'ve been useful so that if your photos need a basic crop or rotation you don\'t have to open another program to do it...but we\'re not grumbling too much about this.   \n\nSo there you have it, a simple, easy, desaturation selective color editor that does exactly what it says on the tin! If you love selective color, get yourself Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac today! \n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Color Splash Studio for Mac\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Color Splash Studio for Mac 4.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Color Splash Studio Review - Mac Desktop App ','','inherit','open','open','','5672-revision-6','','','2011-10-15 07:26:21','2011-10-15 07:26:21','',5672,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5672-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5676,16,'2011-10-10 13:53:16','2011-10-10 13:53:16','Hey, did you know we recently launched a brand new Instagram eBook? It’s our official Go-To Guide for Instagram, and it’s pretty awesome, if we do say so ourselves…the guide covers everything from beginner to intermediate Instagram tips, tricks & a few nifty tutorials. Get likes, make friends, and much much more! You can get your free copy <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com\" title=\"Get your free Instagram eBook here\">on the home page.</a>\r\n\r\nSo to celebrate the recent launch we’ve written a few posts on Instagram and why it rocks so much, but also about how you can make the most of Instagram, and ultimately enhance your Instagram experience. We’ll kick things off with a really cool quick tip. Do you upload thousands of photos to your Instagram account? Are you looking for a way to download all your Instagram photos to one place? Need a quick and easy way to backup your Instagram photo feed? Then look no further. \r\n\r\n<h4>There’s a few websites you can use to do this:</h4> \r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.instaport.me\" title=\"Instaport\">Instaport</a> lets you export a .zip file to your local hard drive, or to other social services like Google +, Flickr, or Facebook! Their interface is really simple, and has some nice options including all photos, the last 10 photos, or a selection of photos related to dates. You can even download the photos you’ve liked. In just a few moments you can have an awesome selection of Instagram photos on your hard drive.  \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"349\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instaport.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.copygr.am\" title=\"Copygram\">Copygr.am</a> also exports to your local hard drive, but thus far you are limited to downloading only your own photos. Copygr.am have gone a slightly different route to Instaport, teaming up with Snapfish and Keepsy, so while you’re downloading you can also order prints or photo albums from your Instagram photos. We think that’s pretty cool, don’t you? \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"458\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Copygram.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.pictarine.com/\" title=\"Pictarine\">Pictarine</a> have also recently announced that you can now access and download all of your Instagram (and Twitter) photos through their online photo service. What\'s Pictarine? <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/digital-photography/pictarine-connect-your-online-photo-sharing-accounts.html\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Pictarine Review\">Find out here.</a> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"708\" height=\"344\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Pictarine.png\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nBoth services use the basic Instagram API to hook up with your account, and much like the other web-based Instagram services it’s websites like these that enhance the Instagram experience even further. Tune in next week for a roundup of the best apps to take Instagram to the next level. \r\n','Download All Your Instagram Photos','','inherit','open','open','','5615-revision-12','','','2011-10-10 13:53:16','2011-10-10 13:53:16','',5615,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5615-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(5677,16,'2011-10-11 08:00:45','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Photography Tips for Rain, Mist, &amp; Fog - http://tinyurl.com/5rvlr53','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-10-11 08:00:45','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5677',0,'tweet','',0),(5678,16,'2011-08-31 17:04:31','2011-08-31 17:04:31','Welcome to The Beginners\' Lens – we are a team of enthusiastic photographers dedicated to providing the best tips, tricks, and tutorials to other photographers of all levels.\r\n\r\nPhoto enthusiast, Guy Yang, set up The Beginners\' Lens in 2010. With his passion for digital photography (point &amp; shoot and DSLR) and the upcoming craft of mobile photography, he was keen to find a way to share his knowledge and enthusiasm with a larger community. The idea behind this website came from the desire to help other casual photographers climb the photography learning curve, at their own speed, whatever the starting point.\r\n\r\nWe work as a <a title=\"Meet The Beginners\' Lens Team\" href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/about/meet-the-team\">team</a> here at The Beginners\' Lens, and we\'ll do our best to help you in any way we can. If you\'ve got a question that we can\'t answer...we\'ll find the right person for the job. You can contact us <a title=\"Get in touch with The Beginners\' Lens\" href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/contact\">here</a>.\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n<h3>The Beginners Lens Snapshot</h3>\r\nJust once a week, we\'ll be sending you a summary of the daily articles published on TheBeginnersLens.com.\r\n\r\nThat way, you\'ll get quick and easy access to:\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>digital and iPhone photography tutorials</li>\r\n<li>inspirational interviews with creative and successful photographers and iPhoneographers</li>\r\n<li>photo app reviews</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\nThese will be articles and/or videos.\r\n[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"550\" align=\"center\"] <!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n<style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\">\r\n	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;}\r\n	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;}\r\n</style>\r\n<![endif]--> \r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n<style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\">\r\n	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;}\r\n</style>\r\n<![endif]-->\r\n\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\">\r\n<form action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=fe2dfd9e3e\" method=\"post\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" name=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif;font-size: 10px;\">\r\n	<fieldset style=\"-moz-border-radius: 4px;border-radius: 4px;-webkit-border-radius: 4px;border: 1px solid #ccc;padding-top: 1.5em;margin: .5em 0;background-color: #fff;color: #000;text-align: left;\">\r\n	<legend style=\"white-space: normal;text-transform: capitalize;font-weight: bold;color: #000;background: #fff;padding: .5em 1em;border: 1px solid #ccc;-moz-border-radius: 4px;border-radius: 4px;-webkit-border-radius: 4px;font-size: 1.2em;\"><span>Get on board!</span></legend>\r\n<div class=\"indicate-required\" style=\"text-align: right;font-style: italic;overflow: hidden;color: #000;margin: 0 9% 0 0;\">* indicates required</div>\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%;clear: both;overflow: hidden;\">\r\n<label for=\"mce-EMAIL\" style=\"display: block;margin: .3em 0;line-height: 1em;font-weight: bold;\">Email Address <strong class=\"note-required\">*</strong>\r\n</label>\r\n<input type=\"text\" value=\"\" name=\"EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" id=\"mce-EMAIL\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em;padding: .2em .3em;width: 90%;float: left;z-index: 999;\">\r\n</div>\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%;clear: both;overflow: hidden;\">\r\n<label for=\"mce-FNAME\" style=\"display: block;margin: .3em 0;line-height: 1em;font-weight: bold;\">First Name <strong class=\"note-required\">*</strong>\r\n</label>\r\n<input type=\"text\" value=\"\" name=\"FNAME\" class=\"required\" id=\"mce-FNAME\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em;padding: .2em .3em;width: 90%;float: left;z-index: 999;\">\r\n</div>\r\n		<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left;top: -1.4em;padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em;overflow: hidden;width: 90%;margin: 0 5%;clear: both;\">\r\n			<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-error-response\" style=\"display: none;margin: 1em 0;padding: 1em .5em .5em 0;font-weight: bold;float: left;top: -1.5em;z-index: 1;width: 80%;background: FBE3E4;color: #D12F19;\"></div>\r\n			<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-success-response\" style=\"display: none;margin: 1em 0;padding: 1em .5em .5em 0;font-weight: bold;float: left;top: -1.5em;z-index: 1;width: 80%;background: #E3FBE4;color: #529214;\"></div>\r\n		</div>\r\n		<div><input type=\"submit\" value=\"Subscribe\" name=\"subscribe\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both;width: auto;display: block;margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\"></div>\r\n	</fieldset>	\r\n	<a href=\"#\" id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\">Close</a>\r\n</form>\r\n</div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\r\nvar fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\';fnames[1]=\'FNAME\';ftypes[1]=\'text\';fnames[2]=\'LNAME\';ftypes[2]=\'text\';fnames[3]=\'MMERGE3\';ftypes[3]=\'number\';fnames[4]=\'MMERGE4\';ftypes[4]=\'text\';fnames[5]=\'MMERGE5\';ftypes[5]=\'text\';fnames[6]=\'MMERGE6\';ftypes[6]=\'text\';fnames[7]=\'MMERGE7\';ftypes[7]=\'text\';fnames[8]=\'MMERGE8\';ftypes[8]=\'text\';fnames[9]=\'MMERGE9\';ftypes[9]=\'text\';\r\ntry {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    jqueryLoaded=true;\r\n} catch(err) {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=false;\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nif (!jqueryLoaded) {\r\n    var script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\n    script.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\n    script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';\r\n    head.appendChild(script);\r\n    if (script.readyState && script.onload!==null){\r\n        script.onreadystatechange= function () {\r\n              if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();\r\n        }    \r\n    }\r\n}\r\nvar script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\nscript.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\nscript.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\';\r\nhead.appendChild(script);\r\nvar err_style = \'\';\r\ntry{\r\n    err_style = mc_custom_error_style;\r\n} catch(e){\r\n    err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: FFEEEE none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: FF0000;\';\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nvar style= document.createElement(\'style\');\r\nstyle.type= \'text/css\';\r\nif (style.styleSheet) {\r\n  style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\';\r\n} else {\r\n  style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'));\r\n}\r\nhead.appendChild(style);\r\nsetTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n\r\nvar mce_preload_checks = 0;\r\nfunction mce_preload_check(){\r\n    if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").unbind(\'submit\');//remove the validator so we can get into beforeSubmit on the ajaxform, which then calls the validator\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&id=fe2dfd9e3e&c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        var bday = false;\r\n                                        if (fields.length == 2){\r\n                                            bday = true;\r\n                                            fields[2] = {\'value\':1970};//trick birthdays into having years\r\n                                        }\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' && fields[1].value==\'DD\' && (fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' && fields[1].value==\'\' && (fields[2].value==\'\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n      \r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\';\r\n                \r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n\r\n</script>\r\n<!--End mc_embed_signup-->[/styledbox]\r\n<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n<h3>The Beginners Lens Social Networking Circles</h3>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Tweet with us <a title=\"The Beginners Lens Twitter Feed\" href=\"http://www.twitter.com/TheBeginnersL\">@TheBeginnersL</a></li>\r\n	<li>We\'re also on <a title=\"The Beginners Lens Facebook Pag\" href=\"http://www.facebook.com/thebeginnerslens.digital.and.iphone.photography\">Facebook</a></li>\r\n	<li>Check our our free video content at <a title=\"The Beginners Lens Youtube Page\" href=\"http://www.youtube.com/thebeginnerslens\">Youtube</a></li>\r\n<li>Instagram with us <a href=\"http://web.stagram.com/n/thebeginnerslens\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Instagram Webfeed\">@thebeginnerslens</a></li> \r\n<li>Don\'t forget to check out the weekly Instagram competition <a href=\"http://web.stagram.com/n/challenge_fx\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge\">@challenge_fx</a></li> \r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n<h3>What We Write About...</h3>\r\nHere at The Beginners\' Lens, we write about pretty much anything photography related, from the point of view of a casual snapper - with content for photographers just starting out to those who have been taking photos for many years; if it\'s an interesting photographic subject, we\'ll cover it. We also like to review the latest Gear &amp; Software, and create videos on hot topics.\r\n<h3>Want To Write For Us?</h3>\r\nAre you a photographer with a tip or a tutorial to share? We are looking for passionate digital camera owners and photographers of all levels to share their photos, experiences, and photography-related submissions. <a title=\"Partner With The Beginners Lens\" href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/about/partner-with-the-beginners-lens\">Learn More.</a>\r\n<h3>Product Reviews</h3>\r\nWe accept a limited number of products for review each month, including gear, software, online photo services, and prototype equipment. We aim to provide an accurate, honest, and unbiased review of the products we receive. Each product is thoroughly tested by an experienced and appropriate member of The Beginners\' Lens team. Please keep in mind that we cannot return or refund any samples that you provide to us for testing. If you would like more information on product reviews please <a title=\"Contact The Beginners Lens\" href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/contact\">get in touch</a>.\r\n\r\n<a name=\"rating\"></a>\r\n<h3>About Our Flash Rating</h3>\r\n<a name=\"rating\"></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a name=\"rating\"></a>\r\n<p style=\"background: url(\'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/1flash.png\') no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent: 164px; height: 35px; line-height: 35px;\">= Don\'t spend your hard earned money on this.</p>\r\n<p style=\"background: url(\'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/2flash.png\') no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent: 164px; height: 35px; line-height: 35px;\">= Some decent features, but there\'s better out there.</p>\r\n<p style=\"background: url(\'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3flash.png\') no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent: 164px; height: 35px; line-height: 35px;\">= Good, but not GREAT.</p>\r\n<p style=\"background: url(\'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\') no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent: 164px; height: 35px; line-height: 35px;\">= Great product, money well spent.</p>\r\n<p style=\"background: url(\'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\') no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent: 164px; height: 35px; line-height: 35px;\">= Buy it, now!</p>\r\nWe also sometimes give 1/2 flashes which denotes the product is halfway to the next step up!\r\n<h3>Contests &amp; Giveaways</h3>\r\nWe occasionally host reader contests and product giveaways, and many of our giveaways are run in conjunction with the product reviews. Product giveaways are completely random and unbiased, and the contest winner is selected by a random number generator.\r\n<h3>Disclosure</h3>\r\nWe aim to provide accurate, honest, and unbiased opinions, information, reviews, tips, and tutorials for photographers of all levels. The opinions shared by members of The Beginners Lens are representative of the The Beginners\' Lens. The opinions posted by visitors to The Beginners\' Lens are solely representative of the person who posted them. The Beginners\' Lens will not be held responsible for opinions posted on our website by members or visitors.','About','','inherit','open','open','','198-revision-17','','','2011-08-31 17:04:31','2011-08-31 17:04:31','',198,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/198-revision-17.html',0,'revision','',0),(5679,14,'2011-10-12 01:48:18','2011-10-12 01:48:18','','Sunset1','','inherit','open','open','','sunset1','','','2011-10-12 01:48:18','2011-10-12 01:48:18','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5680,14,'2011-10-12 01:48:35','2011-10-12 01:48:35','','Sunset2','','inherit','open','open','','sunset2','','','2011-10-12 01:48:35','2011-10-12 01:48:35','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5681,14,'2011-10-12 01:48:42','2011-10-12 01:48:42','','Sunset3','','inherit','open','open','','sunset3','','','2011-10-12 01:48:42','2011-10-12 01:48:42','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5682,14,'2011-10-12 01:49:05','2011-10-12 01:49:05','','Sunset4','','inherit','open','open','','sunset4','','','2011-10-12 01:49:05','2011-10-12 01:49:05','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5683,14,'2011-10-10 15:08:58','2011-10-10 15:08:58','Whether you’re shooting with your DSLR or your iPhone, sunsets are definitely a popular photographic subject! Most people shoot sunsets when they are away on vacation or holiday, or when they are travelling, but don’t forget you can get some great sunset shots wherever you live! With a little bit of planning and our photography tips for shooting sunsets you’ll be shooting beautiful sunsets wherever you are. What makes a good sunset photograph is difficult to say, but for most it is the feeling that is evoked when they see it, whether it be a sense of tranquillity, or serenity but for most it’s the feeling that they could step right into that photo and feel instantly relaxed. So first off, remember that you’re trying to evoke a feeling with a sunset photo – keep that in mind and you’re off to a good start. \r\n\r\n<h4>Forward Planning</h4> \r\n\r\nMost people shoot sunsets spontaneously, and while this does often get good results, a bit of planning ahead can ensure you get some awesome shots. Take a look around you and find some places that you think might get nice shots. Look not only for places where you can see the sun track all the way down, but also places that may provide for elements in the foreground and middle ground of your shot. Look for interesting shapes, trees, buildings, etc to provide silhouettes for your photo. \r\n\r\nAlso consider what equipment you might need before hand, a tripod is always a great idea for sunset photos, but if you’re shooting with an iPhone a good sturdy rock or other support will do. If you’re shooting with your DSLR, be sure to take a couple of different lenses, a wide angle or a zoom lens with different focal lengths is ideal…just take what you have and make the most of it when you get there. \r\n\r\nMake note of what time the sun sets, and plan to be there about half an hour before, so you can get set up. It is usually the twenty minutes before, and twenty minutes after the sun disappears when the light is best for shooting…don’t stop shooting just because the sun is gone! \r\n\r\n<h4>Composition</h4>\r\n\r\nYou can use a variety of different objects as focal points for your shot, as we mentioned above silhouettes are a great point of interest, but don’t forget that the sun can also be a good focal point in an of itself. A silhouette could be anything from a boat on the water, a pier or people, to various parts of the landscape including mountains, trees, buildings, or islands. Don’t forget that clouds can also be part of the composition! \r\n\r\nUse the rule of thirds when you need to fall back on a few composition tricks to make the most of what you’re shooting, but on the other hand don’t be afraid to try something new while you shoot. Rules are made to be broken. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting</h4> \r\n\r\nTake lots of shots, from lots of different angles and focal points. In some cases you may be physically limited by the landscape, for instance if you’re shooting on the shore, but if you don’t have a zoom lens then you can physically walk closer and further away to get a different perspective. \r\n\r\nShoot at different exposures. You can do this with both a DSLR or an iPhone – when using a DSLR try shooting in shutter priority mode and start with a very fast shutter moving slower and slower. As the shutter speed gets slower you will be more and more likely to need a tripod. If you’re shooting with an iPhone tap the viewfinder to set the exposure, to reset for a different exposure tap in a different place! Easy! \r\n\r\nOur last tip for shooting is to change your white balance out of “auto” into “cloudy” or “shade”. Both cloudy and shade will give you much warmer results, which is usually preferable when shooting the sun. If you leave your camera in auto white balance, you run the risk of altering that special warmth and glow you’re trying to achieve. If you’re shooting with an iPhone then why not try shooting in an app like Almost DSLR or editing your photo in an app like Photo Forge 2, where you’ll get good results by adjusting the white balance. \r\n\r\nFinally…if you don’t get good shots one night, try again the next night! It’s not an exact science, sometimes it comes together and other times it doesn’t…just have fun, you’re on vacation after all. \r\n','Photography Tips For Shooting Sunsets','','inherit','open','open','','5657-revision-5','','','2011-10-10 15:08:58','2011-10-10 15:08:58','',5657,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5657-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5684,14,'2011-10-12 02:01:25','2011-10-12 02:01:25','Whether you’re shooting with your DSLR or your iPhone, sunsets are definitely a popular photographic subject! Most people shoot sunsets when they are away on vacation or holiday, or when they are travelling, but don’t forget you can get some great sunset shots wherever you live! With a little bit of planning and our photography tips for shooting sunsets you’ll be shooting beautiful sunsets wherever you are. What makes a good sunset photograph is difficult to say, but for most it is the feeling that is evoked when they see it, whether it be a sense of tranquillity, or serenity but for most it’s the feeling that they could step right into that photo and feel instantly relaxed. So first off, remember that you’re trying to evoke a feeling with a sunset photo – keep that in mind and you’re off to a good start. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"The Last Day, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tripax/5309623252/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>The Last Day</em>\r\nPhoto by Marc Benslahdine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>Forward Planning</h4> \r\n\r\nMost people shoot sunsets spontaneously, and while this does often get good results, a bit of planning ahead can ensure you get some awesome shots. Take a look around you and find some places that you think might get nice shots. Look not only for places where you can see the sun track all the way down, but also places that may provide for elements in the foreground and middle ground of your shot. Look for interesting shapes, trees, buildings, etc to provide silhouettes for your photo. \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"SEMEUR DE RÊVES - SOWER OF DREAMS - Bonne Année ! , on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/43057840@N00/5312423800/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"438\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>SEMEUR DE RÊVES - SOWER OF DREAMS - Bonne Année ! </em>\r\nPhoto by bleuet / Anne-Marie back slowly ;-)</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nAlso consider what equipment you might need before hand, a tripod is always a great idea for sunset photos, but if you’re shooting with an iPhone a good sturdy rock or other support will do. If you’re shooting with your DSLR, be sure to take a couple of different lenses, a wide angle or a zoom lens with different focal lengths is ideal…just take what you have and make the most of it when you get there. \r\n\r\nMake note of what time the sun sets, and plan to be there about half an hour before, so you can get set up. It is usually the twenty minutes before, and twenty minutes after the sun disappears when the light is best for shooting…don’t stop shooting just because the sun is gone! \r\n\r\n<h4>Composition</h4>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Andando..., on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/bombeador/4238718222/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Andando...</em>\r\nPhoto by Eduardo Amorim</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou can use a variety of different objects as focal points for your shot, as we mentioned above silhouettes are a great point of interest, but don’t forget that the sun can also be a good focal point in an of itself. A silhouette could be anything from a boat on the water, a pier or people, to various parts of the landscape including mountains, trees, buildings, or islands. Don’t forget that clouds can also be part of the composition! \r\n\r\nUse the rule of thirds when you need to fall back on a few composition tricks to make the most of what you’re shooting, but on the other hand don’t be afraid to try something new while you shoot. Rules are made to be broken. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting</h4> \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Square Sunset, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tripax/4929220497/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset4.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Square Sunset</em>\r\nPhoto by Marc Benslahdine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nTake lots of shots, from lots of different angles and focal points. In some cases you may be physically limited by the landscape, for instance if you’re shooting on the shore, but if you don’t have a zoom lens then you can physically walk closer and further away to get a different perspective. \r\n\r\nShoot at different exposures. You can do this with both a DSLR or an iPhone – when using a DSLR try shooting in shutter priority mode and start with a very fast shutter moving slower and slower. As the shutter speed gets slower you will be more and more likely to need a tripod. If you’re shooting with an iPhone tap the viewfinder to set the exposure, to reset for a different exposure tap in a different place! Easy! \r\n\r\nOur last tip for shooting is to change your white balance out of “auto” into “cloudy” or “shade”. Both cloudy and shade will give you much warmer results, which is usually preferable when shooting the sun. If you leave your camera in auto white balance, you run the risk of altering that special warmth and glow you’re trying to achieve. If you’re shooting with an iPhone then why not try shooting in an app like Almost DSLR or editing your photo in an app like Photo Forge 2, where you’ll get good results by adjusting the white balance. \r\n\r\nFinally…if you don’t get good shots one night, try again the next night! It’s not an exact science, sometimes it comes together and other times it doesn’t…just have fun, you’re on vacation after all. \r\n','Photography Tips For Shooting Sunsets','','inherit','open','open','','5657-revision-6','','','2011-10-12 02:01:25','2011-10-12 02:01:25','',5657,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5657-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5685,16,'2011-10-12 08:00:21','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Ever wanted to download all of your #instagram photos in one place? You can!  http://tinyurl.com/3b9e6cx','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-10-12 08:00:21','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5685',0,'tweet','',0),(5687,14,'2011-10-12 16:19:52','2011-10-12 16:19:52','To continue our celebration of our latest eBook – the Go-To Guide for Instagram, today we’re posting about some of the Instagram apps you can use to supersize your Instagram experience. Now before you’re all “HUH? I thought Instagram WAS the app to use?”, and we say with a resounding “YES! It still is!”…but there’s a few apps that can improve the way you view your photos, help you find new followers, and just generally expand your Instagram fun, and as far as we’re concerned that’s pretty darned cool. \n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instabam/id437615875?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instabam</a></h4> \n\nOk, we love this app for the name alone…Insta-BAM! InstaBAM! Woo, it’s so much fun just to say it! Try it for yourself…emphasis on the BAM. We challenge you not to smile. Further to the awesome name, Instabam uses your location to find all of the photos that have been taken within a certain distance of your location. So check out the world around you through the eyes of Instagram. Oh yeah, and it’s FREE! \n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instaradar/id426910032?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">InstaRadar</a></h4> \n\nInstaradar is a bit like InstaBAM but rather than show you photos via your location, you can use an interactive map to search, explore, and view Instagram photos via geo location. This is an awesome way to check out not only points around you, but places all over the world! Why not check out your next vacation spot on Instagram before you go? \n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instamap-real-time-instagram/id437617395?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instamap</a></h4> \n\nInstamap is essentially a browser for Instagram and like Instaradar it allows you to browse and view Instagram photos by location or geo tag. But what’s really cool about Instamap is that it’s a “real-time” browser, meaning you can load a location, or a feed and watch as photos from that location are uploaded, in real time. You can also view popular photos and your own stream in gallery mode. \n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instagallery-browse-instagram/id422065992?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instagallery</a></h4> \n\nInstagallery is an Instagram browser, and gallery all in one! Not only can you browse and view photos full-size or thumbnail, but you can also create sets of your favorite photos. Instagallery has many of the same functions as the Instagram app itself, you can follow, like, search, with the added ability to email your own Instagram photos to friends. You can also hook up this useful app to your Apple TV via AirPlay to share photos or view slideshows. \n\n<h4>Instashow</h4> \n\nInstashow is a nifty little app that shows a live stream slideshow of the people you’re following, your photos, the photos you’ve liked, or show photos from a #hashtag. View your Instagram feed vertically, horizontally and with a variety of cool frames and tiles! \n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instadesk/id428652446?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">InstaDesk</a></h4> \n\nInstadesk is an Instagram desktop client for Mac. Much like the (many) web-based Instagram clients, you can browse your own feed and those you are following. InstaDesk also has a cool social graph to help you find new people to follow. With all of the functionality of the Instagram app, you can keep up with your favourite “photo twitter” app straight from your desktop. Your boss will never know you’re surfing Instagram…\n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/carousel/id437548184?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">Carousel</a></h4> \n\nLike InstaDesk, Carousel is a Mac desktop app made for viewing, liking, commenting, saving, and much much more… Carousel will appeal to the minimalist in everyone, it simply does what it says on the tin, and for that we’re grateful! Simple, easy, and slick Instagram operations in one useful Mac app! \n','A Selection of Great Instagram Apps ','','inherit','open','open','','5663-revision-4','','','2011-10-12 16:19:52','2011-10-12 16:19:52','',5663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5663-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5688,14,'2011-10-12 16:34:02','2011-10-12 16:34:02','','Carousel','','inherit','open','open','','carousel','','','2011-10-12 16:34:02','2011-10-12 16:34:02','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Carousel.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5689,14,'2011-10-12 16:34:12','2011-10-12 16:34:12','','Instabam','','inherit','open','open','','instabam','','','2011-10-12 16:34:12','2011-10-12 16:34:12','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instabam.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5690,14,'2011-10-12 16:20:37','2011-10-12 16:20:37','To continue our celebration of our latest eBook – the Go-To Guide for Instagram, today we’re posting about some of the Instagram apps you can use to supersize your Instagram experience. Now before you’re all “HUH? I thought Instagram WAS the app to use?”, and we say with a resounding “YES! It still is!”…but there’s a few apps that can improve the way you view your photos, help you find new followers, and just generally expand your Instagram fun, and as far as we’re concerned that’s pretty darned cool. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instabam/id437615875?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instabam</a></h4> \r\n\r\nOk, we love this app for the name alone…Insta-BAM! InstaBAM! Woo, it’s so much fun just to say it! Try it for yourself…emphasis on the BAM. We challenge you not to smile. Further to the awesome name, Instabam uses your location to find all of the photos that have been taken within a certain distance of your location. So check out the world around you through the eyes of Instagram. Oh yeah, and it’s FREE! \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instaradar/id426910032?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">InstaRadar</a></h4> \r\n\r\nInstaradar is a bit like InstaBAM but rather than show you photos via your location, you can use an interactive map to search, explore, and view Instagram photos via geo location. This is an awesome way to check out not only points around you, but places all over the world! Why not check out your next vacation spot on Instagram before you go? \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instamap-real-time-instagram/id437617395?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instamap</a></h4> \r\n\r\nInstamap is essentially a browser for Instagram and like Instaradar it allows you to browse and view Instagram photos by location or geo tag. But what’s really cool about Instamap is that it’s a “real-time” browser, meaning you can load a location, or a feed and watch as photos from that location are uploaded, in real time. You can also view popular photos and your own stream in gallery mode. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instagallery-browse-instagram/id422065992?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instagallery</a></h4> \r\n\r\nInstagallery is an Instagram browser, and gallery all in one! Not only can you browse and view photos full-size or thumbnail, but you can also create sets of your favorite photos. Instagallery has many of the same functions as the Instagram app itself, you can follow, like, search, with the added ability to email your own Instagram photos to friends. You can also hook up this useful app to your Apple TV via AirPlay to share photos or view slideshows. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instashow/id434563527?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instashow</a></h4> \r\n\r\nInstashow is a nifty little app that shows a live stream slideshow of the people you’re following, your photos, the photos you’ve liked, or show photos from a #hashtag. View your Instagram feed vertically, horizontally and with a variety of cool frames and tiles! \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instadesk/id428652446?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">InstaDesk</a></h4> \r\n\r\nInstadesk is an Instagram desktop client for Mac. Much like the (many) web-based Instagram clients, you can browse your own feed and those you are following. InstaDesk also has a cool social graph to help you find new people to follow. With all of the functionality of the Instagram app, you can keep up with your favourite “photo twitter” app straight from your desktop. Your boss will never know you’re surfing Instagram…\r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/carousel/id437548184?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">Carousel</a></h4> \r\n\r\nLike InstaDesk, Carousel is a Mac desktop app made for viewing, liking, commenting, saving, and much much more… Carousel will appeal to the minimalist in everyone, it simply does what it says on the tin, and for that we’re grateful! Simple, easy, and slick Instagram operations in one useful Mac app! \r\n','A Selection of Great Instagram Apps ','','inherit','open','open','','5663-revision-5','','','2011-10-12 16:20:37','2011-10-12 16:20:37','',5663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5663-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5691,14,'2011-10-12 16:34:18','2011-10-12 16:34:18','','Instadesk','','inherit','open','open','','instadesk','','','2011-10-12 16:34:18','2011-10-12 16:34:18','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instadesk.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5692,14,'2011-10-12 16:34:24','2011-10-12 16:34:24','','Instagallery','','inherit','open','open','','instagallery','','','2011-10-12 16:34:24','2011-10-12 16:34:24','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instagallery.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5693,14,'2011-10-12 16:34:29','2011-10-12 16:34:29','','Instamap','','inherit','open','open','','instamap','','','2011-10-12 16:34:29','2011-10-12 16:34:29','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instamap.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5694,14,'2011-10-12 16:34:35','2011-10-12 16:34:35','','InstaRadar','','inherit','open','open','','instaradar','','','2011-10-12 16:34:35','2011-10-12 16:34:35','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/InstaRadar.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5695,14,'2011-10-12 16:34:40','2011-10-12 16:34:40','','Instashow','','inherit','open','open','','instashow','','','2011-10-12 16:34:40','2011-10-12 16:34:40','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5696,14,'2011-10-12 16:39:01','2011-10-12 16:39:01','To continue our celebration of our latest eBook – the Go-To Guide for Instagram, today we’re posting about some of the Instagram apps you can use to supersize your Instagram experience. Now before you’re all “HUH? I thought Instagram WAS the app to use?”, and we say with a resounding “YES! It still is!”…but there’s a few apps that can improve the way you view your photos, help you find new followers, and just generally expand your Instagram fun, and as far as we’re concerned that’s pretty darned cool. \n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instabam/id437615875?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instabam</a></h4> \n\n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instabam.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instabam.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\nOk, we love this app for the name alone…Insta-BAM! InstaBAM! Woo, it’s so much fun just to say it! Try it for yourself…emphasis on the BAM. We challenge you not to smile. Further to the awesome name, Instabam uses your location to find all of the photos that have been taken within a certain distance of your location. So check out the world around you through the eyes of Instagram. Oh yeah, and it’s FREE! \n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instaradar/id426910032?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">InstaRadar</a></h4>\n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/InstaRadar.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/InstaRadar.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\n \n\nInstaradar is a bit like InstaBAM but rather than show you photos via your location, you can use an interactive map to search, explore, and view Instagram photos via geo location. This is an awesome way to check out not only points around you, but places all over the world! Why not check out your next vacation spot on Instagram before you go? \n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instamap-real-time-instagram/id437617395?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instamap</a></h4> \n\n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instamap.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instamap.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n\n\nInstamap is essentially a browser for Instagram and like Instaradar it allows you to browse and view Instagram photos by location or geo tag. But what’s really cool about Instamap is that it’s a “real-time” browser, meaning you can load a location, or a feed and watch as photos from that location are uploaded, in real time. You can also view popular photos and your own stream in gallery mode. \n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instagallery-browse-instagram/id422065992?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instagallery</a></h4> \n\n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instagallery.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instagallery.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n\n\n\nInstagallery is an Instagram browser, and gallery all in one! Not only can you browse and view photos full-size or thumbnail, but you can also create sets of your favorite photos. Instagallery has many of the same functions as the Instagram app itself, you can follow, like, search, with the added ability to email your own Instagram photos to friends. You can also hook up this useful app to your Apple TV via AirPlay to share photos or view slideshows. \n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instashow/id434563527?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instashow</a></h4>\n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n\n\n \n\nInstashow is a nifty little app that shows a live stream slideshow of the people you’re following, your photos, the photos you’ve liked, or show photos from a #hashtag. View your Instagram feed vertically, horizontally and with a variety of cool frames and tiles! \n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instadesk/id428652446?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">InstaDesk</a></h4> \n\n\n&nbsp;\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instadesk.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"420\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n\n\n\n\n\nInstadesk is an Instagram desktop client for Mac. Much like the (many) web-based Instagram clients, you can browse your own feed and those you are following. InstaDesk also has a cool social graph to help you find new people to follow. With all of the functionality of the Instagram app, you can keep up with your favourite “photo twitter” app straight from your desktop. Your boss will never know you’re surfing Instagram…\n\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/carousel/id437548184?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">Carousel</a></h4> \n\nLike InstaDesk, Carousel is a Mac desktop app made for viewing, liking, commenting, saving, and much much more… Carousel will appeal to the minimalist in everyone, it simply does what it says on the tin, and for that we’re grateful! Simple, easy, and slick Instagram operations in one useful Mac app! \n','A Selection of Great Instagram Apps ','','inherit','open','open','','5663-revision-6','','','2011-10-12 16:39:01','2011-10-12 16:39:01','',5663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5663-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5699,16,'2011-10-15 07:18:49','2011-10-15 07:18:49','Whether you’re shooting with your DSLR or your iPhone, sunsets are definitely a popular photographic subject! Most people shoot sunsets when they are away on vacation or holiday, or when they are travelling, but don’t forget you can get some great sunset shots wherever you live! With a little bit of planning and our photography tips for shooting sunsets you’ll be shooting beautiful sunsets wherever you are. What makes a good sunset photograph is difficult to say, but for most it is the feeling that is evoked when they see it, whether it be a sense of tranquillity, or serenity but for most it’s the feeling that they could step right into that photo and feel instantly relaxed. So first off, remember that you’re trying to evoke a feeling with a sunset photo – keep that in mind and you’re off to a good start. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"The Last Day, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tripax/5309623252/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>The Last Day</em>\r\nPhoto by Marc Benslahdine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>Forward Planning</h4> \r\n\r\nMost people shoot sunsets spontaneously, and while this does often get good results, a bit of planning ahead can ensure you get some awesome shots. Take a look around you and find some places that you think might get nice shots. Look not only for places where you can see the sun track all the way down, but also places that may provide for elements in the foreground and middle ground of your shot. Look for interesting shapes, trees, buildings, etc to provide silhouettes for your photo. \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"SEMEUR DE RÊVES - SOWER OF DREAMS - Bonne Année ! , on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/43057840@N00/5312423800/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"438\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>SEMEUR DE RÊVES - SOWER OF DREAMS - Bonne Année ! </em>\r\nPhoto by bleuet / Anne-Marie back slowly ;-)</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nAlso consider what equipment you might need before hand, a tripod is always a great idea for sunset photos, but if you’re shooting with an iPhone a good sturdy rock or other support will do. If you’re shooting with your DSLR, be sure to take a couple of different lenses, a wide angle or a zoom lens with different focal lengths is ideal…just take what you have and make the most of it when you get there. \r\n\r\nMake note of what time the sun sets, and plan to be there about half an hour before, so you can get set up. It is usually the twenty minutes before, and twenty minutes after the sun disappears when the light is best for shooting…don’t stop shooting just because the sun is gone! \r\n\r\n<h4>Composition</h4>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Andando..., on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/bombeador/4238718222/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"426\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset3.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Andando...</em>\r\nPhoto by Eduardo Amorim</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nYou can use a variety of different objects as focal points for your shot, as we mentioned above silhouettes are a great point of interest, but don’t forget that the sun can also be a good focal point in an of itself. A silhouette could be anything from a boat on the water, a pier or people, to various parts of the landscape including mountains, trees, buildings, or islands. Don’t forget that clouds can also be part of the composition! \r\n\r\nUse the rule of thirds when you need to fall back on a few composition tricks to make the most of what you’re shooting, but on the other hand don’t be afraid to try something new while you shoot. Rules are made to be broken. \r\n\r\n<h4>Shooting</h4> \r\n\r\nTake lots of shots, from lots of different angles and focal points. In some cases you may be physically limited by the landscape, for instance if you’re shooting on the shore, but if you don’t have a zoom lens then you can physically walk closer and further away to get a different perspective. \r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a title=\"Square Sunset, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/tripax/4929220497/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"640\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Sunset4.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Square Sunset</em>\r\nPhoto by Marc Benslahdine</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\nShoot at different exposures. You can do this with both a DSLR or an iPhone – when using a DSLR try shooting in shutter priority mode and start with a very fast shutter moving slower and slower. As the shutter speed gets slower you will be more and more likely to need a tripod. If you’re shooting with an iPhone tap the viewfinder to set the exposure, to reset for a different exposure tap in a different place! Easy! \r\n\r\nOur last tip for shooting is to change your white balance out of “auto” into “cloudy” or “shade”. Both cloudy and shade will give you much warmer results, which is usually preferable when shooting the sun. If you leave your camera in auto white balance, you run the risk of altering that special warmth and glow you’re trying to achieve. If you’re shooting with an iPhone then why not try shooting in an app like Almost DSLR or editing your photo in an app like Photo Forge 2, where you’ll get good results by adjusting the white balance. \r\n\r\nFinally…if you don’t get good shots one night, try again the next night! It’s not an exact science, sometimes it comes together and other times it doesn’t…just have fun, you’re on vacation after all. \r\n','Photography Tips For Shooting Sunsets','','inherit','open','open','','5657-revision-8','','','2011-10-15 07:18:49','2011-10-15 07:18:49','',5657,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5657-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5700,16,'2011-10-12 16:39:40','2011-10-12 16:39:40','To continue our celebration of our latest eBook – the Go-To Guide for Instagram, today we’re posting about some of the Instagram apps you can use to supersize your Instagram experience. Now before you’re all “HUH? I thought Instagram WAS the app to use?”, and we say with a resounding “YES! It still is!”…but there’s a few apps that can improve the way you view your photos, help you find new followers, and just generally expand your Instagram fun, and as far as we’re concerned that’s pretty darned cool. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instabam/id437615875?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instabam</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instabam.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instabam.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nOk, we love this app for the name alone…Insta-BAM! InstaBAM! Woo, it’s so much fun just to say it! Try it for yourself…emphasis on the BAM. We challenge you not to smile. Further to the awesome name, Instabam uses your location to find all of the photos that have been taken within a certain distance of your location. So check out the world around you through the eyes of Instagram. Oh yeah, and it’s FREE! \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instaradar/id426910032?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">InstaRadar</a></h4>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/InstaRadar.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/InstaRadar.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nInstaradar is a bit like InstaBAM but rather than show you photos via your location, you can use an interactive map to search, explore, and view Instagram photos via geo location. This is an awesome way to check out not only points around you, but places all over the world! Why not check out your next vacation spot on Instagram before you go? \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instamap-real-time-instagram/id437617395?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instamap</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instamap.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instamap.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstamap is essentially a browser for Instagram and like Instaradar it allows you to browse and view Instagram photos by location or geo tag. But what’s really cool about Instamap is that it’s a “real-time” browser, meaning you can load a location, or a feed and watch as photos from that location are uploaded, in real time. You can also view popular photos and your own stream in gallery mode. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instagallery-browse-instagram/id422065992?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instagallery</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instagallery.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instagallery.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstagallery is an Instagram browser, and gallery all in one! Not only can you browse and view photos full-size or thumbnail, but you can also create sets of your favorite photos. Instagallery has many of the same functions as the Instagram app itself, you can follow, like, search, with the added ability to email your own Instagram photos to friends. You can also hook up this useful app to your Apple TV via AirPlay to share photos or view slideshows. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instashow/id434563527?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instashow</a></h4>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nInstashow is a nifty little app that shows a live stream slideshow of the people you’re following, your photos, the photos you’ve liked, or show photos from a #hashtag. View your Instagram feed vertically, horizontally and with a variety of cool frames and tiles! \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instadesk/id428652446?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">InstaDesk</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instadesk.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"420\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instadesk.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstadesk is an Instagram desktop client for Mac. Much like the (many) web-based Instagram clients, you can browse your own feed and those you are following. InstaDesk also has a cool social graph to help you find new people to follow. With all of the functionality of the Instagram app, you can keep up with your favourite “photo twitter” app straight from your desktop. Your boss will never know you’re surfing Instagram…\r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/carousel/id437548184?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">Carousel</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Carousel.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"412\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Carousel.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nLike InstaDesk, Carousel is a Mac desktop app made for viewing, liking, commenting, saving, and much much more… Carousel will appeal to the minimalist in everyone, it simply does what it says on the tin, and for that we’re grateful! Simple, easy, and slick Instagram operations in one useful Mac app! \r\n','A Selection of Great Instagram Apps ','','inherit','open','open','','5663-revision-7','','','2011-10-12 16:39:40','2011-10-12 16:39:40','',5663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5663-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5701,16,'2011-10-15 07:19:18','2011-10-15 07:19:18','To continue our celebration of our latest eBook – the Go-To Guide for Instagram, today we’re posting about some of the Instagram apps you can use to supersize your Instagram experience. Now before you’re all “HUH? I thought Instagram WAS the app to use?”, and we say with a resounding “YES! It still is!”…but there’s a few apps that can improve the way you view your photos, help you find new followers, and just generally expand your Instagram fun, and as far as we’re concerned that’s pretty darned cool. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instabam/id437615875?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instabam</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instabam.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instabam.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nOk, we love this app for the name alone…Insta-BAM! InstaBAM! Woo, it’s so much fun just to say it! Try it for yourself…emphasis on the BAM. We challenge you not to smile. Further to the awesome name, Instabam uses your location to find all of the photos that have been taken within a certain distance of your location. So check out the world around you through the eyes of Instagram. Oh yeah, and it’s FREE! \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instaradar/id426910032?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">InstaRadar</a></h4>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/InstaRadar.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/InstaRadar.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nInstaradar is a bit like InstaBAM but rather than show you photos via your location, you can use an interactive map to search, explore, and view Instagram photos via geo location. This is an awesome way to check out not only points around you, but places all over the world! Why not check out your next vacation spot on Instagram before you go? \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instamap-real-time-instagram/id437617395?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instamap</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instamap.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instamap.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstamap is essentially a browser for Instagram and like Instaradar it allows you to browse and view Instagram photos by location or geo tag. But what’s really cool about Instamap is that it’s a “real-time” browser, meaning you can load a location, or a feed and watch as photos from that location are uploaded, in real time. You can also view popular photos and your own stream in gallery mode. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instagallery-browse-instagram/id422065992?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instagallery</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instagallery.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instagallery.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstagallery is an Instagram browser, and gallery all in one! Not only can you browse and view photos full-size or thumbnail, but you can also create sets of your favorite photos. Instagallery has many of the same functions as the Instagram app itself, you can follow, like, search, with the added ability to email your own Instagram photos to friends. You can also hook up this useful app to your Apple TV via AirPlay to share photos or view slideshows. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instashow/id434563527?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instashow</a></h4>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nInstashow is a nifty little app that shows a live stream slideshow of the people you’re following, your photos, the photos you’ve liked, or show photos from a #hashtag. View your Instagram feed vertically, horizontally and with a variety of cool frames and tiles! \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instadesk/id428652446?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">InstaDesk</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instadesk.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"420\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instadesk.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstadesk is an Instagram desktop client for Mac. Much like the (many) web-based Instagram clients, you can browse your own feed and those you are following. InstaDesk also has a cool social graph to help you find new people to follow. With all of the functionality of the Instagram app, you can keep up with your favourite “photo twitter” app straight from your desktop. Your boss will never know you’re surfing Instagram…\r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/carousel/id437548184?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">Carousel</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Carousel.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"412\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Carousel.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nLike InstaDesk, Carousel is a Mac desktop app made for viewing, liking, commenting, saving, and much much more… Carousel will appeal to the minimalist in everyone, it simply does what it says on the tin, and for that we’re grateful! Simple, easy, and slick Instagram operations in one useful Mac app! \r\n','A Selection of Great Instagram Apps ','','inherit','open','open','','5663-revision-8','','','2011-10-15 07:19:18','2011-10-15 07:19:18','',5663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5663-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5702,16,'2011-10-15 07:19:55','2011-10-15 07:19:55','To continue our celebration of our latest eBook – the Go-To Guide for Instagram, today we’re posting about some of the Instagram apps you can use to supersize your Instagram experience. Now before you’re all “HUH? I thought Instagram WAS the app to use?”, and we say with a resounding “YES! It still is!”…but there’s a few apps that can improve the way you view your photos, help you find new followers, and just generally expand your Instagram fun, and as far as we’re concerned that’s pretty darned cool. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instabam/id437615875?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instabam</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instabam.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instabam.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nOk, we love this app for the name alone…Insta-BAM! InstaBAM! Woo, it’s so much fun just to say it! Try it for yourself…emphasis on the BAM. We challenge you not to smile. Further to the awesome name, Instabam uses your location to find all of the photos that have been taken within a certain distance of your location. So check out the world around you through the eyes of Instagram. Oh yeah, and it’s FREE! \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instaradar/id426910032?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">InstaRadar</a></h4>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/InstaRadar.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/InstaRadar.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nInstaradar is a bit like InstaBAM but rather than show you photos via your location, you can use an interactive map to search, explore, and view Instagram photos via geo location. This is an awesome way to check out not only points around you, but places all over the world! Why not check out your next vacation spot on Instagram before you go? \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instamap-real-time-instagram/id437617395?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instamap</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instamap.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instamap.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstamap is essentially a browser for Instagram and like Instaradar it allows you to browse and view Instagram photos by location or geo tag. But what’s really cool about Instamap is that it’s a “real-time” browser, meaning you can load a location, or a feed and watch as photos from that location are uploaded, in real time. You can also view popular photos and your own stream in gallery mode. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instagallery-browse-instagram/id422065992?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instagallery</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instagallery.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instagallery.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstagallery is an Instagram browser, and gallery all in one! Not only can you browse and view photos full-size or thumbnail, but you can also create sets of your favorite photos. Instagallery has many of the same functions as the Instagram app itself, you can follow, like, search, with the added ability to email your own Instagram photos to friends. You can also hook up this useful app to your Apple TV via AirPlay to share photos or view slideshows. \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instashow/id434563527?mt=8\" target=\"_blank\">Instashow</a></h4>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"485\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instashow.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\nInstashow is a nifty little app that shows a live stream slideshow of the people you’re following, your photos, the photos you’ve liked, or show photos from a #hashtag. View your Instagram feed vertically, horizontally and with a variety of cool frames and tiles! \r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/instadesk/id428652446?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">InstaDesk</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instadesk.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"420\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Instadesk.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nInstadesk is an Instagram desktop client for Mac. Much like the (many) web-based Instagram clients, you can browse your own feed and those you are following. InstaDesk also has a cool social graph to help you find new people to follow. With all of the functionality of the Instagram app, you can keep up with your favourite “photo twitter” app straight from your desktop. Your boss will never know you’re surfing Instagram…\r\n\r\n<h4><a href=\"http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/carousel/id437548184?mt=12\" target=\"_blank\">Carousel</a></h4> \r\n\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<div><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Carousel.jpg\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"412\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Carousel.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nLike InstaDesk, Carousel is a Mac desktop app made for viewing, liking, commenting, saving, and much much more… Carousel will appeal to the minimalist in everyone, it simply does what it says on the tin, and for that we’re grateful! Simple, easy, and slick Instagram operations in one useful Mac app! \r\n','A Selection of Great Instagram Apps ','','inherit','open','open','','5663-revision-9','','','2011-10-15 07:19:55','2011-10-15 07:19:55','',5663,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5663-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5703,16,'2011-10-10 16:22:00','2011-10-10 16:22:00','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"340\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dramaticblackwhite.jpg\" title=\"Dramatic Black & White App\" alt=\"Get Dramatic Photos with Dramatic Black & White iPhone App\"></td>\r\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dbwlogo.png\" alt=\"Dramatic Black & White App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nIf you\'re a fan of desaturation and selective color apps like the Color Splash app, you\'re gonna love this Color Splash Studio Review! MacPhun, the creators of the ever-popular FX Photo Studio and many other great photo apps have recently launched Color Splash Studio, a selective color photo-editing app for Mac users. Let\'s talk color.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Macphun</li>\r\n<li>Desaturate images and add selective color to JPEG, PNG, TIFF and RAW files</li>\r\n<li>Easy interface</li>\r\n<li>Quick and effective editing</li>\r\n<li>Share through email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, and Twitter</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple, easy layout</li>\r\n<li>Adjust diameter, softness, and opacity of color brush and use brush on grayscale layer</li>\r\n<li>Adjust brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure of color layer and grayscale layer</li>\r\n<li>Easy undo / redo</li>\r\n<li>Compare original to edit on-screen</li>\r\n<li>Opens all file types including RAW</li>\r\n<li>Save as JPEG, JPEG 2000, Open EXR, PNG, and TIFF</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Large files are slow to edit and save</li>\r\n<li>Only one editing window / photo open at a time</li>\r\n<li>No in-app cropping or rotation</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nThis simple app makes selective color desktop editing a snap! \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Color Splash Studio for Mac is perfect for the beginner editor and color splash enthusiast, a fantastic and reasonably priced app for desaturation / selective color.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhether you call it selective color, desaturation, color splash, or...any other name under the sun, selective color editing apps have been huge in the last few years. Since Color Splash app was release on the iPhone, there\'s been every incarnation under the sun...but this one is a little bit different. Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac is a great new desktop editing program for creating desaturated images with selective color. It offers a plethora of simple editing features and is a great testament to \"do one thing and do it well\".   \r\n\r\nThe app itself is an exercise in simplicity, simply load a photo (either via drag and drop, import, or saved image) and it will appear already desaturated in the viewfinder. The app home screen shows a toolbar at the top of the viewfinder and as well as the main editing brushes (color, grayscale, and panning) on the right hand side of the screen. The home screen is easy to navigate, and really intuitive making it a great place to start for beginners or anyone who doesn\'t want to load up photoshop just to desaturate.  \r\n\r\nSo once you\'ve got your photo loaded you can use the brush pallet to begin editing. You can select the size, softness and opacity of each of the brushes. Further to that as you brush over your image you can then edit the brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure. It\'s so simple, you can hardly go wrong...but if you do there\'s an easy Undo / Redo function in the main toolbar. Once finished you can save in various formats, and share via email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, or Twitter...as we see it the only one that\'s missing is Instagram! \r\n\r\nFrankly, we\'ve got very few complaints about the app - on the whole it works really well. It is a bit slow to load if you\'re working with large files such as RAW, but on the whole it is really speedy. The only thing we would\'ve liked to see here would be basic cropping or rotation, which would\'ve been useful so that if your photos need a basic crop or rotation you don\'t have to open another program to do it...but we\'re not grumbling too much about this.   \r\n\r\nSo there you have it, a simple, easy, desaturation selective color editor that does exactly what it says on the tin! If you love selective color, get yourself Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac today! \r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Color Splash Studio for Mac\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Color Splash Studio for Mac 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Color Splash Studio Review - Mac Desktop App ','','inherit','open','open','','5672-revision-4','','','2011-10-10 16:22:00','2011-10-10 16:22:00','',5672,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5672-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5704,16,'2011-10-15 07:21:34','2011-10-15 07:21:34','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"466\" height=\"340\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dramaticblackwhite.jpg\" title=\"Dramatic Black & White App\" alt=\"Get Dramatic Photos with Dramatic Black & White iPhone App\"></td>\r\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/dbwlogo.png\" alt=\"Dramatic Black & White App Icon\" />\r\n\r\nIf you\'re a fan of desaturation and selective color apps like the Color Splash app, you\'re gonna love this Color Splash Studio Review! MacPhun, the creators of the ever-popular FX Photo Studio and many other great photo apps have recently launched Color Splash Studio, a selective color photo-editing app for Mac users. Let\'s talk color.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Macphun</li>\r\n<li>Desaturate images and add selective color to JPEG, PNG, TIFF and RAW files</li>\r\n<li>Easy interface</li>\r\n<li>Quick and effective editing</li>\r\n<li>Share through email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, and Twitter</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple, easy layout</li>\r\n<li>Adjust diameter, softness, and opacity of color brush and use brush on grayscale layer</li>\r\n<li>Adjust brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure of color layer and grayscale layer</li>\r\n<li>Easy undo / redo</li>\r\n<li>Compare original to edit on-screen</li>\r\n<li>Opens all file types including RAW</li>\r\n<li>Save as JPEG, JPEG 2000, Open EXR, PNG, and TIFF</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Large files are slow to edit and save</li>\r\n<li>Only one editing window / photo open at a time</li>\r\n<li>No in-app cropping or rotation</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nThis simple app makes selective color desktop editing a snap! \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Color Splash Studio for Mac is perfect for the beginner editor and color splash enthusiast, a fantastic and reasonably priced app for desaturation / selective color.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhether you call it selective color, desaturation, color splash, or...any other name under the sun, selective color editing apps have been huge in the last few years. Since Color Splash app was release on the iPhone, there\'s been every incarnation under the sun...but this one is a little bit different. Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac is a great new desktop editing program for creating desaturated images with selective color. It offers a plethora of simple editing features and is a great testament to \"do one thing and do it well\".   \r\n\r\nThe app itself is an exercise in simplicity, simply load a photo (either via drag and drop, import, or saved image) and it will appear already desaturated in the viewfinder. The app home screen shows a toolbar at the top of the viewfinder and as well as the main editing brushes (color, grayscale, and panning) on the right hand side of the screen. The home screen is easy to navigate, and really intuitive making it a great place to start for beginners or anyone who doesn\'t want to load up photoshop just to desaturate.  \r\n\r\nSo once you\'ve got your photo loaded you can use the brush pallet to begin editing. You can select the size, softness and opacity of each of the brushes. Further to that as you brush over your image you can then edit the brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure. It\'s so simple, you can hardly go wrong...but if you do there\'s an easy Undo / Redo function in the main toolbar. Once finished you can save in various formats, and share via email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, or Twitter...as we see it the only one that\'s missing is Instagram! \r\n\r\nFrankly, we\'ve got very few complaints about the app - on the whole it works really well. It is a bit slow to load if you\'re working with large files such as RAW, but on the whole it is really speedy. The only thing we would\'ve liked to see here would be basic cropping or rotation, which would\'ve been useful so that if your photos need a basic crop or rotation you don\'t have to open another program to do it...but we\'re not grumbling too much about this.   \r\n\r\nSo there you have it, a simple, easy, desaturation selective color editor that does exactly what it says on the tin! If you love selective color, get yourself Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac today! \r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Color Splash Studio for Mac\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Color Splash Studio for Mac 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Color Splash Studio Review - Mac Desktop App ','','inherit','open','open','','5672-revision-5','','','2011-10-15 07:21:34','2011-10-15 07:21:34','',5672,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5672-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5705,16,'2011-10-15 07:25:22','2011-10-15 07:25:22','','colorsplash','','inherit','open','open','','colorsplash','','','2011-10-15 07:25:22','2011-10-15 07:25:22','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplash.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5706,16,'2011-10-15 07:25:34','2011-10-15 07:25:34','','splashlogo','','inherit','open','open','','splashlogo','','','2011-10-15 07:25:34','2011-10-15 07:25:34','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/splashlogo.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(5708,16,'2011-10-15 07:27:02','2011-10-15 07:27:02','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><img width=\"450\" height=\"281\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplash.png\" title=\"Color Splash Studio for Mac\" alt=\"Selective color with Color Splash Studio for Mac\"></td>\r\n<td><img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/splashlogo.png\" alt=\"Color Splash Studio Logo\" />\r\n\r\nIf you\'re a fan of desaturation and selective color apps like the Color Splash app, you\'re gonna love this Color Splash Studio Review! MacPhun, the creators of the ever-popular FX Photo Studio and many other great photo apps have recently launched Color Splash Studio, a selective color photo-editing app for Mac users. Let\'s talk color.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Macphun</li>\r\n<li>Desaturate images and add selective color to JPEG, PNG, TIFF and RAW files</li>\r\n<li>Easy interface</li>\r\n<li>Quick and effective editing</li>\r\n<li>Share through email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, and Twitter</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple, easy layout</li>\r\n<li>Adjust diameter, softness, and opacity of color brush and use brush on grayscale layer</li>\r\n<li>Adjust brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure of color layer and grayscale layer</li>\r\n<li>Easy undo / redo</li>\r\n<li>Compare original to edit on-screen</li>\r\n<li>Opens all file types including RAW</li>\r\n<li>Save as JPEG, JPEG 2000, Open EXR, PNG, and TIFF</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Large files are slow to edit and save</li>\r\n<li>Only one editing window / photo open at a time</li>\r\n<li>No in-app cropping or rotation</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nThis simple app makes selective color desktop editing a snap! \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Color Splash Studio for Mac is perfect for the beginner editor and color splash enthusiast, a fantastic and reasonably priced app for desaturation / selective color.[/tab] \r\n\r\n[/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWhether you call it selective color, desaturation, color splash, or...any other name under the sun, selective color editing apps have been huge in the last few years. Since Color Splash app was release on the iPhone, there\'s been every incarnation under the sun...but this one is a little bit different. Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac is a great new desktop editing program for creating desaturated images with selective color. It offers a plethora of simple editing features and is a great testament to \"do one thing and do it well\".   \r\n\r\nThe app itself is an exercise in simplicity, simply load a photo (either via drag and drop, import, or saved image) and it will appear already desaturated in the viewfinder. The app home screen shows a toolbar at the top of the viewfinder and as well as the main editing brushes (color, grayscale, and panning) on the right hand side of the screen. The home screen is easy to navigate, and really intuitive making it a great place to start for beginners or anyone who doesn\'t want to load up photoshop just to desaturate.  \r\n\r\nSo once you\'ve got your photo loaded you can use the brush pallet to begin editing. You can select the size, softness and opacity of each of the brushes. Further to that as you brush over your image you can then edit the brightness, contrast, blur, saturation, hue, and exposure. It\'s so simple, you can hardly go wrong...but if you do there\'s an easy Undo / Redo function in the main toolbar. Once finished you can save in various formats, and share via email, Facebook, Tumblr, Flickr, or Twitter...as we see it the only one that\'s missing is Instagram! \r\n\r\nFrankly, we\'ve got very few complaints about the app - on the whole it works really well. It is a bit slow to load if you\'re working with large files such as RAW, but on the whole it is really speedy. The only thing we would\'ve liked to see here would be basic cropping or rotation, which would\'ve been useful so that if your photos need a basic crop or rotation you don\'t have to open another program to do it...but we\'re not grumbling too much about this.   \r\n\r\nSo there you have it, a simple, easy, desaturation selective color editor that does exactly what it says on the tin! If you love selective color, get yourself Macphun\'s Color Splash Studio for Mac today! \r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Color Splash Studio for Mac\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Color Splash Studio for Mac 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Color Splash Studio Review - Mac Desktop App ','','inherit','open','open','','5672-revision-7','','','2011-10-15 07:27:02','2011-10-15 07:27:02','',5672,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5672-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5709,16,'2011-10-19 08:00:37','2011-10-19 08:00:37','I recently took a gamble on the Gymbl and got great results! (say THAT 5 times fast). What were the results? Amazing panoramas and proof that the Gymbl is a sturdy bit of kit. Let’s take a closer look with The Beginners Lens Gymbl Tripod Review…\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"247\"  alt=\"Paris in October - With the Gymbl - Perfect Panorama!\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/gymbl-no-kinks.jpg\"  titleoverlay=\"yes\"]\r\nI\'ve been putting in quite a bit of time in using the Gymbl, a tripod made specifically for iPhone panoramas, and let me tell you it’s been a real treat to use. Let me be frank, I’m a self-professed iPhoneography nut and I can’t resist a good Panorama. My favorite app for stitching panoramas together has got to be Autostitch, and I’ve been using it since it was released…but I’ve always had several issues with taking Panoramas on the iPhone - blown out skies, ghosting of moving subjects, unaligned photos, etc. But if I had to name the biggest issue I’ve had, it’s gotta be the fact that its very difficult to get good panoramic photos with a good foreground (in comparison to the rest of the photo). I like to compose panoramas with a nice, large foreground because it gives depth, perspective and a bit of oomph to the photo. But I found that was virtually impossible on the iPhone... until the Gymbl.\r\n\r\nTo explain that a little bit further, and be warned this gets a little bit technical but for those of you having the same problem you can relate! When you try to get a panorama with a large foreground, handheld or with a regular tripod, you invariably end up with ghosting and kinks on your photo. This is a parallax issue...put simply, a parallax is a displacement or distortion of the appearance of objects along the horizon or sight line. Parallax defects always appear in panoramas when the subject is too close to the camera (and that could be ranging from a few inches to a few meters, depending on the size of the subject).\r\nEnter the Gymbl. It\'s been engineered to help you get amazing panoramic shots without having to invite ghosts to your party. It’s not Halloween yet...  The Gymbl is simple to use whatever type of panorama you’re shooting, and in combination with any panorama apps, it just works. The Gymbl comes in 2 flavors: the regular Gymbl and the Gymbl Pro. The pro version gives you an additional panoramic head, which you can use with any tripod. The spare head is quite useful when you have nowhere to set up your small Gymbl tripod and you do not want to crouch in the street to take your shots! Just put the Gymbl head on a regular tripod, leveled up or down, compose and shoot. Simplicity at it’s best. \r\n\r\nLets check out the results! Take a look at the photo comparison. The first shot above was with the Gymbl, and the second shot below was handheld. See the difference?! \r\nI would say the hands down best feature of the Gymbl is the fact that it\'s built so that you can take horizontal, vertical or whatever-direction-you-want panoramas. But keep in mind that to shoot horizontal panoramas you still shoot with your phone in a vertical position… so you end up taking more photos to get the full view. Not a major problem, but for some this will be a drawback. For this particular photo, I have about 16 shots (it\'s HDR so there’s also 2 exposures for each shot) taken quickly, in horizontal succession. To be honest, I rather carelessly swiveled around the iPhone mounted on the Gymbl, just to take as much of the scene as I could. Stitched it in Autostitch. And voilà! Pretty darn impressive!! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"200\"  alt=\"Paris in October - handheld - See the kinks?\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/gymbl-with-kinks-only.jpg\"  titleoverlay=\"yes\"]\r\n\r\n<center><p>...</p></center>\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"200\"  alt=\"Paris in October - handheld - Easier to see now!\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/gymbl-with-kinks-and-circles.jpg\"  titleoverlay=\"yes\"]\r\n\r\nSo although we’ve been totally singing the Gymbl’s praises, and we do love it, there are a few little drawbacks you should know about. First, I use a protection film on my iPhone and I had to remove it to use the Gymbl. To mount your phone on the Gymbl you have to slip your device in a tight case, and the film ads a layer of thickness, which makes it impossible to use with the case. Again, as we mentioned before the portrait constraint might be an issue, but on the whole it’s not really too much of a biggie, at least not for us. \r\n\r\nBefore we part I\'d like to give you a tip that works for panoramas in general, but that I remembered again while I was having fun with my Gymbl. When shooting panoramas, lock the exposure from shot to shot, to avoid having tone and color discrepancies in your final image. Also lock the focus, to avoid having some subjects (especially your foreground) half sharp/half blurry. Easy! \r\n\r\nSo there you have it! If you\'re into panoramic iPhoneography, the Gymbl is a must! Actually, it\'s the only tripod/head on the market - to my knowledge - that will allow you to take awesome panoramas without the parallax issues! AWESOME!  \r\n','Gymbl Tripod for Iphone - Review','','publish','open','open','','gymbl-tripod-review','','','2011-10-19 14:30:45','2011-10-19 14:30:45','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5709',0,'post','',0),(5710,16,'2011-10-15 08:11:42','2011-10-15 08:11:42','','The Gymbl Tripod','','inherit','open','open','','5709-revision','','','2011-10-15 08:11:42','2011-10-15 08:11:42','',5709,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5709-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5711,16,'2011-10-15 08:13:00','2011-10-15 08:13:00','I recently took a gamble on the Gymbl and got great results! (try to say THAT 5 times fast). What were the results? Amazing panoramas and proof that the Gymbl is a sturdy bit of kit. Let’s take a closer look with a Gymbl Tripod Review…\n\nI\'ve been putting in quite a bit of time in using the Gymbl, a tripod made specifically for iPhone panoramas, and let me tell you it’s been a real treat to use. Let me be frank, I’m a self-professed iPhoneography nut and I can’t resist a good Panorama. My favorite app for stitching panoramas together has got to be Autostitch, and I’ve been using it since it was released…but I’ve always had several issues with taking Panoramas on the iPhone - blown out skies, ghosting of moving subjects, unaligned photos, etc. But if I had to name the biggest issue I’ve had, it’s gotta be the fact that its very difficult to get good panoramic photos with a good foreground (in comparison to the rest of the photo). I like to compose panoramas with a nice, large foreground because it gives depth, perspective and a bit of oomph to the photo. But I found that was virtually impossible on the iPhone... until the Gymbl.\n\nTo explain that a little bit further, and be warned this gets a little bit technical but for those of you having the same problem you can relate! When you try to get a panorama with a large foreground, handheld or with a regular tripod, you invariably end up with ghosting on your photo. This is a parallax issue...put simply, a parallax is a displacement or distortion of the appearance of objects along the horizon or sight line. Parallax defects always appear in panoramas when the subject is too close to the camera (and that could be ranging from a few inches to a few meters, depending on the size of the subject).\nEnter the Gymbl. It\'s been engineered to help you get amazing panoramic shots without having to invite ghosts to your party. It’s not Halloween yet...  The Gymbl is simple to use whatever type of panorama you’re shooting, and in combination with any panorama apps, it just works. The Gymbl comes in 2 flavors: the regular Gymbl and the Gymbl Pro. The pro version gives you an additional panoramic head, which you can use with any tripod. The spare head is quite useful when you have nowhere to set up your small Gymbl tripod and you do not want to crouch in the street to take your shots! Just put the Gymbl head on a regular tripod, leveled up or down, compose and shoot. Simplicity at it’s best. \n\nLets check out the results! Take a look at the photo comparison below. The first shot was handheld, and the second with the Gymbl. See the difference?! \nI would say the hands down best feature of the Gymbl is the fact that it\'s built so that you can take horizontal, vertical or whatever-direction-you-want panoramas. But keep in mind that to shoot horizontal panoramas you still shoot with your phone in a vertical position…so you end up taking more photos to get the full view. Not a major problem, but for some this will be a drawback. For this particular photo, I have about 16 shots (it\'s HDR so there’s also 2 exposures for each shot) taken quickly in whatever direction. To be honest, I rather carelessly swiveled around the iPhone mounted on the Gymbl, just to take as much of the scene as I could. Stitched it in Autostitch. And voilà! Pretty darn impressive!! \n\nSo although we’ve been totally singing the Gymbl’s praises, and we do love it, there are a few little drawbacks you should know about. First, I use a protection film on my iPhone and I had to remove it to use the Gymbl. To mount your phone on the Gymbl you have to slip your device in a tight case, and the film ads a layer of thickness, which makes it impossible to use with the case. Again, as we mentioned before the portrait constraint might be an issue, but on the whole it’s not really too much of a biggie, at least not for us. \n\nBefore we part I\'d like to give you a tip that works for panoramas in general, but that I remembered again while I was having fun with my Gymbl. When shooting panoramas, lock the exposure from shot to shot, to avoid having tone and color discrepancies in your final image. Also lock the focus, to avoid having some subjects (especially your foreground) half sharp/half blurry. Easy! \n\nSo there you have it! If you\'re into panoramic iPhoneography, the Gymbl is a must! Actually, it\'s the only tripod/head on the market - to my knowledge - that will allow you to take awesome panoramas without the parallax issues! AWESOME!  \n','Gymbl Tripod Review','','inherit','open','open','','5709-revision-2','','','2011-10-15 08:13:00','2011-10-15 08:13:00','',5709,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5709-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5712,16,'2011-10-15 08:13:04','2011-10-15 08:13:04','I recently took a gamble on the Gymbl and got great results! (try to say THAT 5 times fast). What were the results? Amazing panoramas and proof that the Gymbl is a sturdy bit of kit. Let’s take a closer look with a Gymbl Tripod Review…\r\n\r\nI\'ve been putting in quite a bit of time in using the Gymbl, a tripod made specifically for iPhone panoramas, and let me tell you it’s been a real treat to use. Let me be frank, I’m a self-professed iPhoneography nut and I can’t resist a good Panorama. My favorite app for stitching panoramas together has got to be Autostitch, and I’ve been using it since it was released…but I’ve always had several issues with taking Panoramas on the iPhone - blown out skies, ghosting of moving subjects, unaligned photos, etc. But if I had to name the biggest issue I’ve had, it’s gotta be the fact that its very difficult to get good panoramic photos with a good foreground (in comparison to the rest of the photo). I like to compose panoramas with a nice, large foreground because it gives depth, perspective and a bit of oomph to the photo. But I found that was virtually impossible on the iPhone... until the Gymbl.\r\n\r\nTo explain that a little bit further, and be warned this gets a little bit technical but for those of you having the same problem you can relate! When you try to get a panorama with a large foreground, handheld or with a regular tripod, you invariably end up with ghosting on your photo. This is a parallax issue...put simply, a parallax is a displacement or distortion of the appearance of objects along the horizon or sight line. Parallax defects always appear in panoramas when the subject is too close to the camera (and that could be ranging from a few inches to a few meters, depending on the size of the subject).\r\nEnter the Gymbl. It\'s been engineered to help you get amazing panoramic shots without having to invite ghosts to your party. It’s not Halloween yet...  The Gymbl is simple to use whatever type of panorama you’re shooting, and in combination with any panorama apps, it just works. The Gymbl comes in 2 flavors: the regular Gymbl and the Gymbl Pro. The pro version gives you an additional panoramic head, which you can use with any tripod. The spare head is quite useful when you have nowhere to set up your small Gymbl tripod and you do not want to crouch in the street to take your shots! Just put the Gymbl head on a regular tripod, leveled up or down, compose and shoot. Simplicity at it’s best. \r\n\r\nLets check out the results! Take a look at the photo comparison below. The first shot was handheld, and the second with the Gymbl. See the difference?! \r\nI would say the hands down best feature of the Gymbl is the fact that it\'s built so that you can take horizontal, vertical or whatever-direction-you-want panoramas. But keep in mind that to shoot horizontal panoramas you still shoot with your phone in a vertical position…so you end up taking more photos to get the full view. Not a major problem, but for some this will be a drawback. For this particular photo, I have about 16 shots (it\'s HDR so there’s also 2 exposures for each shot) taken quickly in whatever direction. To be honest, I rather carelessly swiveled around the iPhone mounted on the Gymbl, just to take as much of the scene as I could. Stitched it in Autostitch. And voilà! Pretty darn impressive!! \r\n\r\nSo although we’ve been totally singing the Gymbl’s praises, and we do love it, there are a few little drawbacks you should know about. First, I use a protection film on my iPhone and I had to remove it to use the Gymbl. To mount your phone on the Gymbl you have to slip your device in a tight case, and the film ads a layer of thickness, which makes it impossible to use with the case. Again, as we mentioned before the portrait constraint might be an issue, but on the whole it’s not really too much of a biggie, at least not for us. \r\n\r\nBefore we part I\'d like to give you a tip that works for panoramas in general, but that I remembered again while I was having fun with my Gymbl. When shooting panoramas, lock the exposure from shot to shot, to avoid having tone and color discrepancies in your final image. Also lock the focus, to avoid having some subjects (especially your foreground) half sharp/half blurry. Easy! \r\n\r\nSo there you have it! If you\'re into panoramic iPhoneography, the Gymbl is a must! Actually, it\'s the only tripod/head on the market - to my knowledge - that will allow you to take awesome panoramas without the parallax issues! AWESOME!  \r\n','Gymbl Tripod Review','','inherit','open','open','','5709-revision-3','','','2011-10-15 08:13:04','2011-10-15 08:13:04','',5709,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5709-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5713,14,'2011-10-25 08:00:26','2011-10-25 08:00:26','This week on Meet The Developers we\'re catching up with two MIT graduates, Yuanzhen Li and Michael Parker...the guys behind the fantastic True HDR app. Both Yuanzhen and Michael have extensive experience in computer science and with their combined backgrounds in software development its no wonder they ended up with the app development game! We\'re sure glad they did! Take it away guys...\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Pictional, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe\'re a small company creating apps related to images and photography. Right now, we have one app for iOS called True HDR, which lets users take better, more natural looking HDR photographs with their iOS devices, and we\'re currently working on other to-be-released apps as well. Our strength is in computational photography - that is, using algorithms to enable people to take better photos and do other cool things with those images. From a photographer\'s perspective, the iPhone is an incredible camera that has a powerful computer strapped to its back - it\'s our job to help people take advantage of that combination. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"441\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur team has two developers, both based out of the same location in Boston, Massachusetts, US. Our backgrounds are in image processing and computational photography, as well as UI and front end programming. We\'re working on putting our years of experience to good use by creating photography apps for iOS devices! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Has it been well received?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur app True HDR lets people take beautiful high dynamic range (HDR) photos. The idea for the app was born in 2009 when the iPhone 3GS was shipped with a tap-to-focus feature, which lets you tap the screen to adjust the camera focus to that point in the image. This feature turned out to also allow for tap-to-expose, which adjusts exposure to the point where you tap. We thought this feature would allow us to build an app where users could take two pictures of the same scene, using different exposures, and the app would do the work of automatically aligning the two images and combining them to create one natural looking image which has a higher dynamic range and is much closer to what the scene looked like to the eye. We worked hard the next few months getting some computationally intensive code to fit within the memory constraints of a mobile device like the iPhone.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nThe app was born in November 2009, and it has sold steadily since then, with quite a number of updates, and with ups and downs. Our highest rankings have included some brief stints in the photography top 5, as well as a brief run in the top 100 paid apps on the app store. Therefore, we\'d describe the app as medium popular.  We are proud to have wonderful users who amaze us with the beautiful shots that they take with the app. One of the really nice aspects is getting email from users who tell us about their unique uses for True HDR; real estate photography (including indoor shots) has been a great one, and another is merging two photos that they\'ve made with other apps.   \r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe love PhotoAppLink! Full disclosure is that we are part of the initial group of apps participating in PhotoAppLink and know one of the developers behind that project.  We think the concept of easily moving photos between apps, almost like an integrated suite of tools, is a nice one. And PhotoAppLink also makes it easier for those who love using their iPhone for photography to find other high quality apps. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"323\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\niOS 5 is the big news right now, and we\'re confident that the camera on the iPhone 4S will be outstanding. We\'re working on supporting iOS 5 and the new iPhone (True HDR update already submitted to Apple at the time of this interview) and taking advantage of the new features and improved performance. The new iPhone\'s higher color fidelity will likely be terrific for True HDR users, and we can\'t wait to get our hands on the 4S and start testing. We\'re also constantly working on improving the picture quality in TrueHDR for all users of the app, not just those on the latest and greatest hardware or iOS version.  Processing speed, quality of image, ease of sharing, and user control over the final image are among our highest priorities. It\'s hard work and a lot of fun working on this app, and we look forward to continuing to do so!! \r\n\r\n\r\n','Meet The Developers: Pictional – True HDR','','publish','open','open','','meet-the-developers-pictional-%e2%80%93-true-hdr','','','2011-10-18 12:44:08','2011-10-18 12:44:08','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5713',0,'post','',0),(5715,14,'2011-10-16 06:16:42','2011-10-16 06:16:42','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \n\n<h4>How would you describe Pictional, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\n\nWe\'re a small company creating apps related to images and photography.  Right now, we have one app for iOS called True HDR, which lets users take better, more natural looking HDR photographs with their iOS devices, and we\'re currently working on other to-be-released apps as well.  Our strength is in computational photography - that is, using algorithms to enable people to take better photos and do other cool things with those images.  From a photographer\'s perspective, the iPhone is an incredible camera that has a powerful computer strapped to its back - it\'s our job to help people take advantage of that combination. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nOur team has two developers, both based out of the same location in Boston, US.  Our backgrounds are in image processing and computational photography, as well as UI and front end programming.  We\'re working on putting our years of experience to good use by creating apps that help people do great photography with their iOS devices.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)?</h4>\n\nOur app True HDR lets people take beautiful high dynamic range (HDR) pictures with their iOS devices.  The idea for the app was born in 2009 when the iPhone 3GS was shipped with a tap-to-focus feature, which lets you tap the screen to adjust the camera focus to that point in the image. This feature turned out to also allow for tap-to-expose, which adjusts exposure to the point you tap.  We thought this feature would allow us to build an app where users could take two pictures of the same scene, using different exposures, and the app would do the work of automatically aligning the two images and combining them to create one natural looking image which has a higher dynamic range and is much closer to what the scene looked like to the eye.  We worked hard in the next few months getting some computationally intensive code to fit within the memory constraints of a mobile device like the iPhone.  \n\nThe app was born in November 2009.  We\'ve sold steadily since then, with quite a number of updates, and with ups and downs; our highest rankings have included some brief stints in the photography top 5, as well as a brief run in the top 100 paid apps on the app store.  Therefore, we\'d describe the app as medium popular.  We are proud to have wonderful users who amaze us with the beautiful shots that they take with the app.  One of the really nice aspects is getting email from users who tell us about their unique uses for True HDR; real estate photography (including indoor shots) has been a great one, and another is merging two photos that they\'ve made with other apps.   \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? (The Beginners Lens is not affiliated in any way to that project)</h4>\n\nWe love PhotoAppLink!  Full disclosure is that we are part of the initial group of apps participating in PhotoAppLink and know one of the developers behind that project.  We think the concept of easily moving photos between apps, almost like an integrated suite of tools, is a nice one.  And PhotoAppLink also makes it easier for those who love using their iPhone for photography to find other high quality apps.\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>','Meet The Developers: Pictional – True HDR','','inherit','open','open','','5713-revision-2','','','2011-10-16 06:16:42','2011-10-16 06:16:42','',5713,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5713-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5714,14,'2011-10-16 05:00:28','2011-10-16 05:00:28','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \n\n<h4>How would you describe MacPhun, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\n\nMacPhun started as a project of two friends, Paul and Dmitry, who developed computer games and then switched to iOS development when one of them got his first iPhone. I joined MacPhun about a year ago, when the company started to grow rapidly and required more people and creative minds. Since last year we have decided to focus on photo and video apps for both pro and amateur photographers and videographers. I would say that our apps are for people who want to create something exceptional and noticeable with their iOS devices, but either don\'t know how to do that with complicated software or don\'t want to waste their time learning difficult software. You can check our apps: FX Photo Studio, Perfect Photo, Silent Film Director, PhotoPal plus many many more...and you\'ll see that all of them allow you to create real art in minutes. Last May we also started Mac app development and have released three applications: FX Photo Studio, FX Photo Studio PRO and Color Splash Studio. The latter is #1 photo app in many countries and we do our best to keep it this way...go get it if you haven\'t already!! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nWe have around 25 people working with MacPhun globally in USA, Ukraine, France and Japan. Those are developers, marketing people, designers, testers, etc. I think that a company which develops apps for iOS and Mac and targets international markets can\'t just spend all their time in one location, you should get to know the markets you work with. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Have you reached a wide audience with the app?</h4>\n\nOur flagship photography app is no doubt FX Photo Studio - with versions for Mac and iOS. The story of FX Photo Studio started in 2009 when Paul and Dmitry thought it would be cool to make an iPhone app with the largest number of effects on the App Store. When they first created FX Photo Studio it was called 101photofilters, but then the number of effects grew, we added more features and the app turned to a real photo studio, so we decided to call it FX Photo Studio. Since last year we have added over 50 new effects, plus the masking tool to paint with effects, the color splash tool came with the recent update, not to mention many other features which make the app a true powerhouse for creative photography either on iOS or on Mac. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nFX Photo Studio has often been compared with PhotoShop as there\'s so much you can do with it, but we don\'t want to position the app this way. Photoshop is a professional photo software for pros and FX Photo Studio is a very casual photo processing application that let\'s anyone spruce up their images, add some creativity and gives people a reason to say \"WOW!\", when they see your pictures. FX Photo Studio is something different for a wider audience, including those who would never use photoshop, either because of the price or complexity.\n\nWhile FX Photo Studio is our flagship app on both iOS and Mac, we have just launched a brand new app for Mac only and that\'s been big news for us recently. Color Splash Studio for Mac is a very intuitive software for making awesome pictures with selective colors. Not wanting to launch into full-on promotion, I will just suggest you check it out in the Mac App Store, it is not difficult to find it - Color Splash Studio is either #1 or #2 in photo category in most of the stores around the world! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"344\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/colorsplashstudio.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\nWell, the update for iOS version had just been released with tons of upgrades. It would take a while to mention them all, but to make a long story short we added a color splash tool for selective photography, enhanced the masking menu (now users can choose the area to apply each of 194 effects), added new sharing features and more. The Mac version update is coming shortly with the support of layers, new effects, frames and more new features. But the current version 2.0 is still really awesome for creating photography and editing on the Mac. I personally use the app everyday, just to see what I can create with all those filters and tools!! ','Meet The Developers: Pictional – True HDR','','inherit','open','open','','5713-revision','','','2011-10-16 05:00:28','2011-10-16 05:00:28','',5713,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5713-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5716,14,'2011-10-16 06:17:12','2011-10-16 06:17:12','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Pictional, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe\'re a small company creating apps related to images and photography.  Right now, we have one app for iOS called True HDR, which lets users take better, more natural looking HDR photographs with their iOS devices, and we\'re currently working on other to-be-released apps as well.  Our strength is in computational photography - that is, using algorithms to enable people to take better photos and do other cool things with those images.  From a photographer\'s perspective, the iPhone is an incredible camera that has a powerful computer strapped to its back - it\'s our job to help people take advantage of that combination. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur team has two developers, both based out of the same location in Boston, US.  Our backgrounds are in image processing and computational photography, as well as UI and front end programming.  We\'re working on putting our years of experience to good use by creating apps that help people do great photography with their iOS devices.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur app True HDR lets people take beautiful high dynamic range (HDR) pictures with their iOS devices.  The idea for the app was born in 2009 when the iPhone 3GS was shipped with a tap-to-focus feature, which lets you tap the screen to adjust the camera focus to that point in the image. This feature turned out to also allow for tap-to-expose, which adjusts exposure to the point you tap.  We thought this feature would allow us to build an app where users could take two pictures of the same scene, using different exposures, and the app would do the work of automatically aligning the two images and combining them to create one natural looking image which has a higher dynamic range and is much closer to what the scene looked like to the eye.  We worked hard in the next few months getting some computationally intensive code to fit within the memory constraints of a mobile device like the iPhone.  \r\n\r\nThe app was born in November 2009.  We\'ve sold steadily since then, with quite a number of updates, and with ups and downs; our highest rankings have included some brief stints in the photography top 5, as well as a brief run in the top 100 paid apps on the app store.  Therefore, we\'d describe the app as medium popular.  We are proud to have wonderful users who amaze us with the beautiful shots that they take with the app.  One of the really nice aspects is getting email from users who tell us about their unique uses for True HDR; real estate photography (including indoor shots) has been a great one, and another is merging two photos that they\'ve made with other apps.   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? (The Beginners Lens is not affiliated in any way to that project)</h4>\r\n\r\nWe love PhotoAppLink!  Full disclosure is that we are part of the initial group of apps participating in PhotoAppLink and know one of the developers behind that project.  We think the concept of easily moving photos between apps, almost like an integrated suite of tools, is a nice one.  And PhotoAppLink also makes it easier for those who love using their iPhone for photography to find other high quality apps.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\niOS 5 is the big news right now, and we\'re confident that the camera on the iPhone 4S will be outstanding.  We\'re working on supporting iOS 5 and the new iPhone (True HDR update already submitted to Apple at the time of this interview) and taking advantage of the new features and improved performance.  The new iPhone\'s higher color fidelity will likely be terrific for True HDR users, and we can\'t wait to get our hands on the 4S and start testing.  We\'re also constantly working on improving the picture quality in TrueHDR for all users of the app, not just those on the latest and greatest hardware or iOS version.  Processing speed, quality of image, ease of sharing, and user control over the final image are among our highest priorities.  It\'s hard work and a lot of fun working on this app, and we look forward to continuing to do so. \r\n\r\n\r\n','Meet The Developers: Pictional – True HDR','','inherit','open','open','','5713-revision-3','','','2011-10-16 06:17:12','2011-10-16 06:17:12','',5713,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5713-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5717,14,'2011-10-16 06:24:55','2011-10-16 06:24:55','You all know how much we love FX Photo Studio here at TBL...so we thought it would be super fun to catch up with Alex Tsepko of the MacPhun team so he could give us the inside scoop on everything MacPhun...they\'ve got so many more strings to their bow then you may have originally thought!! \r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Pictional, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe\'re a small company creating apps related to images and photography.  Right now, we have one app for iOS called True HDR, which lets users take better, more natural looking HDR photographs with their iOS devices, and we\'re currently working on other to-be-released apps as well.  Our strength is in computational photography - that is, using algorithms to enable people to take better photos and do other cool things with those images.  From a photographer\'s perspective, the iPhone is an incredible camera that has a powerful computer strapped to its back - it\'s our job to help people take advantage of that combination. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"550\" height=\"237\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio Header \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fxheadersm.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur team has two developers, both based out of the same location in Boston, US.  Our backgrounds are in image processing and computational photography, as well as UI and front end programming.  We\'re working on putting our years of experience to good use by creating apps that help people do great photography with their iOS devices.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur app True HDR lets people take beautiful high dynamic range (HDR) pictures with their iOS devices.  The idea for the app was born in 2009 when the iPhone 3GS was shipped with a tap-to-focus feature, which lets you tap the screen to adjust the camera focus to that point in the image. This feature turned out to also allow for tap-to-expose, which adjusts exposure to the point you tap.  We thought this feature would allow us to build an app where users could take two pictures of the same scene, using different exposures, and the app would do the work of automatically aligning the two images and combining them to create one natural looking image which has a higher dynamic range and is much closer to what the scene looked like to the eye.  We worked hard in the next few months getting some computationally intensive code to fit within the memory constraints of a mobile device like the iPhone.  \r\n\r\nThe app was born in November 2009.  We\'ve sold steadily since then, with quite a number of updates, and with ups and downs; our highest rankings have included some brief stints in the photography top 5, as well as a brief run in the top 100 paid apps on the app store.  Therefore, we\'d describe the app as medium popular.  We are proud to have wonderful users who amaze us with the beautiful shots that they take with the app.  One of the really nice aspects is getting email from users who tell us about their unique uses for True HDR; real estate photography (including indoor shots) has been a great one, and another is merging two photos that they\'ve made with other apps.   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"453\" height=\"338\"  alt=\"FX Photo Studio\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/fx2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? (The Beginners Lens is not affiliated in any way to that project)</h4>\r\n\r\nWe love PhotoAppLink!  Full disclosure is that we are part of the initial group of apps participating in PhotoAppLink and know one of the developers behind that project.  We think the concept of easily moving photos between apps, almost like an integrated suite of tools, is a nice one.  And PhotoAppLink also makes it easier for those who love using their iPhone for photography to find other high quality apps.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\niOS 5 is the big news right now, and we\'re confident that the camera on the iPhone 4S will be outstanding.  We\'re working on supporting iOS 5 and the new iPhone (True HDR update already submitted to Apple at the time of this interview) and taking advantage of the new features and improved performance.  The new iPhone\'s higher color fidelity will likely be terrific for True HDR users, and we can\'t wait to get our hands on the 4S and start testing.  We\'re also constantly working on improving the picture quality in TrueHDR for all users of the app, not just those on the latest and greatest hardware or iOS version.  Processing speed, quality of image, ease of sharing, and user control over the final image are among our highest priorities.  It\'s hard work and a lot of fun working on this app, and we look forward to continuing to do so. \r\n\r\n\r\n','Meet The Developers: Pictional – True HDR','','inherit','open','open','','5713-revision-4','','','2011-10-16 06:24:55','2011-10-16 06:24:55','',5713,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5713-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5731,14,'2011-10-17 14:35:28','2011-10-17 14:35:28','<h4>Yuanzhen Li</h4>\nYuanzhen graduated from MIT with a PhD in computer vision, and has in the past worked at Adobe Systems, Microsoft Research Asia, and Mitsubishi Electrical Research Labs.\n\n<h4>Michael Parker</h4>\nMichael graduated from MIT with degrees in electrical engineering and computer science, and has had extensive experience in creating interactive educational software.\n\n\n<h4>How would you describe Pictional, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\n\nWe\'re a small company creating apps related to images and photography.  Right now, we have one app for iOS called True HDR, which lets users take better, more natural looking HDR photographs with their iOS devices, and we\'re currently working on other to-be-released apps as well.  Our strength is in computational photography - that is, using algorithms to enable people to take better photos and do other cool things with those images.  From a photographer\'s perspective, the iPhone is an incredible camera that has a powerful computer strapped to its back - it\'s our job to help people take advantage of that combination. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"441\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nOur team has two developers, both based out of the same location in Boston, US.  Our backgrounds are in image processing and computational photography, as well as UI and front end programming.  We\'re working on putting our years of experience to good use by creating apps that help people do great photography with their iOS devices.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)?</h4>\n\nOur app True HDR lets people take beautiful high dynamic range (HDR) pictures with their iOS devices.  The idea for the app was born in 2009 when the iPhone 3GS was shipped with a tap-to-focus feature, which lets you tap the screen to adjust the camera focus to that point in the image. This feature turned out to also allow for tap-to-expose, which adjusts exposure to the point you tap.  We thought this feature would allow us to build an app where users could take two pictures of the same scene, using different exposures, and the app would do the work of automatically aligning the two images and combining them to create one natural looking image which has a higher dynamic range and is much closer to what the scene looked like to the eye.  We worked hard in the next few months getting some computationally intensive code to fit within the memory constraints of a mobile device like the iPhone.  \n\nThe app was born in November 2009.  We\'ve sold steadily since then, with quite a number of updates, and with ups and downs; our highest rankings have included some brief stints in the photography top 5, as well as a brief run in the top 100 paid apps on the app store.  Therefore, we\'d describe the app as medium popular.  We are proud to have wonderful users who amaze us with the beautiful shots that they take with the app.  One of the really nice aspects is getting email from users who tell us about their unique uses for True HDR; real estate photography (including indoor shots) has been a great one, and another is merging two photos that they\'ve made with other apps.   \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? (The Beginners Lens is not affiliated in any way to that project)</h4>\n\nWe love PhotoAppLink!  Full disclosure is that we are part of the initial group of apps participating in PhotoAppLink and know one of the developers behind that project.  We think the concept of easily moving photos between apps, almost like an integrated suite of tools, is a nice one.  And PhotoAppLink also makes it easier for those who love using their iPhone for photography to find other high quality apps.\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\niOS 5 is the big news right now, and we\'re confident that the camera on the iPhone 4S will be outstanding.  We\'re working on supporting iOS 5 and the new iPhone (True HDR update already submitted to Apple at the time of this interview) and taking advantage of the new features and improved performance.  The new iPhone\'s higher color fidelity will likely be terrific for True HDR users, and we can\'t wait to get our hands on the 4S and start testing.  We\'re also constantly working on improving the picture quality in TrueHDR for all users of the app, not just those on the latest and greatest hardware or iOS version.  Processing speed, quality of image, ease of sharing, and user control over the final image are among our highest priorities.  It\'s hard work and a lot of fun working on this app, and we look forward to continuing to do so. \n\n\n','Meet The Developers: Pictional – True HDR','','inherit','open','open','','5713-revision-5','','','2011-10-17 14:35:28','2011-10-17 14:35:28','',5713,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5713-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(5718,14,'2011-11-01 08:00:15','2011-11-01 08:00:15','We\'re really excited about this week\'s Meet The Developers (well let\'s be honest...we\'ve been excited about all of them...) but this week is particularly great as we simply love the ProCamera app! It\'s by far one of the most used on the TBL iPhones, so we were pleased as punch when Jens Daemgen took the time to answer our questions about the app itself and the team of developers behind this awesome camera replacement!\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe <a href=\"http://daemgen.net/\" target=\"_blank\">Daemgen.net</a> as a company, and what apps do you offer? </h4>\r\n\r\nDaemgen.net is a startup that\'s about to become grown-up. It all started with ProCamera, which was our first big app. It was first submitted to the App Store in December 2008. At this time the App Store was a little more \"difficult\" than it has become today. At the time of iOS 2.x there was no camera API at all. It was only possible to make a camera app by modifying SDK components with a technique called Runtime-Reflection and working with very high-level code. Apple did not forbid this technique since I didn\'t make use of any private APIs, which would have been forbidden. It took three months of approval time, but finally it was released on the App Store.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"321\" height=\"482\"  alt=\"ProCamera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nAli, a good friend of mine, who is a Mac-\"Pro\" for as long as I have known him, started helping out with Marketing and building up the product after the first success in Switzerland. One of the biggest challenges was the time when iOS 3.0 was introduced. With that release Apple officially forbid modifying the camera components and thereby had forbidden third party camera apps. Confusingly, some new camera apps were still released on the App Store. But all our updates for iOS 3 were rejected in a row because we supposedly were using private APIs. All mails to Apple stayed unanswered. We joined in with a group of more than 20 camera app developers and wrote a petition to Apple pleading for a camera API and to allow our camera apps again to save our businesses.\r\n\r\nLuckily Apple had an open ear for us and realized the necessity for an official camera API which was then introduced with iOS 3.1 ...    \r\n    \r\nTo make a long story short - today we are a team of 5 people on the core-team plus a professional photographer and several freelancers. Recently, we invested lots of resources and energy in \"business development\". We realized that we needed to grow to keep up with the demanding App Store business and to be able to satisfy our customer’s wishes - and also to realize our vision for the future.\r\n\r\nRecently a second developer joined the ProCamera project. Soon the third will follow. Within the next few months we will have 5 developers working on ProCamera along with the rest of the team (if enough people buy ProCamera during Christmas time). Most of us work from the same location in Mannheim (Germany) or close by. Some are working remotely, e.g. from other places in Germany and one from Brisbane Australia.    \r\n\r\nBesides ProCamera we have our iCademy project. It\'s about mobile eLearning. Our first public app in this area is a free iPhone user manual and also a user manual for ProCamera. (<a href=\"www.icademy.eu\" target=\"_blank\">www.icademy.eu</a>)\r\n\r\nThere will also be another app in the area of iPhotography coming out this year. To be announced.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"481\"  alt=\"ProCamera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, Pro Camera, and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it? </h4>\r\n\r\nYou\'ve got most of the story above...but as for why...I started creating this app because I have loved the iPhone from the first minute I had it in my hands. But honestly, the camera of the first generation iPhone was like \"giving you the idea of a camera” rather than actually “giving you a camera”. In good light situations it was producing amazing results, but as soon as it got darker the results were lousy. The Anti-Shake function was the main reason for building a camera app. It just made sense to me that the accelerometer of the iPhone could help finding the best moment for capturing sharper and blur-free photos. (In low light-situations the exposure time is way higher so shaky hands lead even more to blurry photos).\r\n\r\nSo the first ProCamera had Anti-Shake and you could tap anywhere on the screen to capture an image immediately (even if Anti-Shake was activated). Later we started calling this \"big photo button\" the \"Full-Screen-Trigger\". And version 1.0 had a self-timer. I was and am convinced that every camera needs a timer. These features are still at the core of all the functionality the app offers. Especially the option to capture an image immediately at any time - even if the self-timer or anti-shake is active - is still our \"sacred cow\". It made UI design a bit more challenging, but I think our UI lead designer has done a great job with the camera UI (which, by the way, we are still fine-tuning). To date, we have approximately 400,000 active users around the world.    \r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? </h4>\r\nI think PhotoAppLink is a great project! I really like the idea. We are currently evaluating the best way of integrating it in ProCamera.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"481\"  alt=\"ProCamera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update? </h4>\r\n\r\nThe next update will improve some aspects of the UI. The following updates will bring some bigger new features along with further fine-tuning. Early 2012 we will start focusing on improving the studios for post processing. \r\n\r\nSadly, we also need to invest some time and resources in finding a way to deal with app piracy. Especially in China, we have approximately 80-90% users that use a cracked version. We feel honored that so many people like and use ProCamera, but customers that pay for our product also help us to develop it further. We think it would be more fair to our paying customers if our \"cracked-app\" users would get on board and support us to make this app even better. Wouldn\'t that be better for everyone?','Meet The Developers: Daemgen.net – ProCamera','','publish','open','open','','meet-the-developers-daemgen-net-%e2%80%93-procamera','','','2011-11-01 20:15:37','2011-11-01 20:15:37','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5718',0,'post','',0),(5737,14,'2011-10-17 14:53:25','2011-10-17 14:53:25','<h4>How would you describe <a href=\"http://daemgen.net/\" target=\"_blank\">Daemgen.net</a> as a company, and what apps do you offer? </h4>\r\n\r\ndaemgen.net is a startup that\'s about to become grown-up. It all started with ProCamera, which was my first big app. It was first submitted to the App Store in December 2008. At this time the App Store was a little more \"difficult\" than it has become today. At the time of iOS 2.x there was no camera API at all. It was only possible to make a camera app by modifying SDK components with a technique called Runtime-Reflection and working with very high-level code. Apple did not forbid this technique since I didn\'t make use of any private APIs, which would have been forbidden. It took three months of approval time, but finally it was released on the App Store.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"321\" height=\"482\"  alt=\"ProCamera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\nAli, a good friend of mine, who is a Mac-\"Pro\" for as long as I have known him, started helping out with Marketing and building up the product after the first success in Switzerland during Easter time. One of the biggest challenges was the time when iOS 3.0 was introduced. With that release Apple officially forbid modifying the camera components and thereby had forbidden third party camera apps. Confusingly, some new camera apps were still released on the App Store. But all our updates for iOS 3 were rejected in a row because we supposedly were using private APIs. All mails to Apple stayed unanswered. We joined in with a group of more than 20 camera app developers and wrote a petition to Apple pleading for a camera API and to allow our camera apps again to save our businesses.\r\n\r\nLuckily Apple had an open ear for us and realized the necessity for an official camera API which was then introduced with iOS 3.1 ...    \r\n    \r\nTo make a long story short - today we are a team of 5 people on the core-team plus a professional photographer and several freelancers. Recently, we invested lots of resources and energy in building up the company and in \"business development\". We realized that we needed to grow bigger to keep up with the demanding App Store business and to be able to satisfy our customer’s wishes - and also to realize our vision for the future.\r\n\r\nRecently a second developer joined the ProCamera project. Soon the third will follow. Within the next months we will have 5 developers working on ProCamera along with the rest of the team (at least in case enough people buy ProCamera during Christmas time ;).\r\n\r\nBesides ProCamera we have our iCademy project. It\'s about mobile eLearning. Our first public app in this area is a free iPhone user manual and also a user manual for ProCamera. (<a href=\"www.icademy.eu\" target=\"_blank\">www.icademy.eu</a>)\r\n\r\nThere will also be another app in the area of iPhotography coming out this year. To be announced.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally distributed? </h4>\r\nCurrently we are 5 developers. Most of us work from the same location in Mannheim (Germany) or close by. Some are working remotely, e.g. from other places in Germany and one from Brisbane Australia.    \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"481\"  alt=\"ProCamera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, ProHDR, and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)? </h4>\r\n\r\nProCamera is our flagship app. Most of the story is told briefly above.\r\n\r\nRegarding the Why: I started creating this app because I have loved the iPhone from the first minute I had it in my hands. But honestly, the camera of the first generation iPhone was like \"giving you the idea of a camera” rather than actually “giving you a camera”. In good light situations it was producing amazing results, but as soon as it got darker the results were lousy. The Anti-Shake function was the main reason for building a camera app. It just made sense to me that the accelerometer of the iPhone could help finding the best moment for capturing sharper and blur-free photos. (In low light-situations the exposure time is way higher so shaky hands lead even more to blurry photos).\r\n\r\nSo the first ProCamera had Anti-Shake and you could tap anywhere on the screen to capture an image immediately (even if Anti-Shake was activated). Later we started calling this \"big photo button\" the \"Full-Screen-Trigger\". And version 1.0 had a self-timer. I was and am convinced that every camera needs a timer. These features are still at the core of all the functionality the app offers. Especially the option to capture an image immediately at any time - even if the self-timer or anti-shake is active - is still our \"sacred cow\". It made UI design a bit more challenging, but I think our UI lead designer has done a great job with the camera UI (which, by the way, we are still fine-tuning). \r\n\r\nWe have approximately 400,000 active users around the world.    \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? (The Beginners Lens is not affiliated in any way to that project) </h4>\r\nI think PhotoAppLink is a great project! I really like the idea. We are currently evaluating the best way of integrating it in ProCamera.\r\n\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"481\"  alt=\"ProCamera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update? </h4>\r\n\r\nThe next update will improve some aspects of the UI. The following updates will bring some bigger new features along with further fine-tuning. Early 2012 we will start focusing on improving the studios for post processing. \r\n\r\nSadly, we also need to invest some time and resources in finding a way to deal with app piracy. Especially in China, we have approximately 80-90% users that use a cracked version. We feel honored that so many people like and use ProCamera. But customers that pay for our product also help us develop it further. We think it\'s fair to our customers if our \"cracked-app\" users would also support us to make this app even better.  This would benefit all parties.   \r\n','Meet The Developers: Daemgen.net – ProCamera','','inherit','open','open','','5718-revision-4','','','2011-10-17 14:53:25','2011-10-17 14:53:25','',5718,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5718-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5719,14,'2011-10-16 06:58:05','2011-10-16 06:58:05','\n<h4>How would you describe <a href=\"http://daemgen.net/\" target=\"_blank\">Daemgen.net</a> as a company, and what apps do you offer? </h4>\n\ndaemgen.net is a startup that\'s about to become grown-up. It all started with ProCamera, which was my first big app. It was first submitted to the App Store in December 2008. At this time the App Store was a little more \"difficult\" than it has become today. At the time of iOS 2.x there was no camera API at all. It was only possible to make a camera app by modifying SDK components with a technique called Runtime-Reflection and working with very high-level code. Apple did not forbid this technique since I didn\'t make use of any private APIs, which would have been forbidden. It took three months of approval time, but finally it was released on the App Store.\n\nAli, a good friend of mine, who is a Mac-\"Pro\" for as long as I have known him, started helping out with Marketing and building up the product after the first success in Switzerland during Easter time. One of the biggest challenges was the time when iOS 3.0 was introduced. With that release Apple officially forbid modifying the camera components and thereby had forbidden third party camera apps. Confusingly, some new camera apps were still released on the App Store. But all our updates for iOS 3 were rejected in a row because we supposedly were using private APIs. All mails to Apple stayed unanswered. We joined in with a group of more than 20 camera app developers and wrote a petition to Apple pleading for a camera API and to allow our camera apps again to save our businesses.\n\nLuckily Apple had an open ear for us and realized the necessity for an official camera API which was then introduced with iOS 3.1 ...    \n    \nTo make a long story short - today we are a team of 5 people on the core-team plus a professional photographer and several freelancers. Recently, we invested lots of resources and energy in building up the company and in \"business development\". We realized that we needed to grow bigger to keep up with the demanding App Store business and to be able to satisfy our customer’s wishes - and also to realize our vision for the future.\n\nRecently a second developer joined the ProCamera project. Soon the third will follow. Within the next months we will have 5 developers working on ProCamera along with the rest of the team (at least in case enough people buy ProCamera during Christmas time ;).\n\nBesides ProCamera we have our iCademy project. It\'s about mobile eLearning. Our first public app in this area is a free iPhone user manual and also a user manual for ProCamera. (<a href=\"www.icademy.eu\" target=\"_blank\">www.icademy.eu</a>)\n\nThere will also be another app in the area of iPhotography coming out this year. To be announced.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"243\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter4.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally distributed? </h4>\nCurrently we are 5 developers. Most of us work from the same location in Mannheim (Germany) or close by. Some are working remotely, e.g. from other places in Germany and one from Brisbane Australia.    \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"243\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter2.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, ProHDR, and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)? </h4>\n\nProCamera is our flagship app. Most of the story is told briefly above.\n\nRegarding the Why: I started creating this app because I have loved the iPhone from the first minute I had it in my hands. But honestly, the camera of the first generation iPhone was like \"giving you the idea of a camera” rather than actually “giving you a camera”. In good light situations it was producing amazing results, but as soon as it got darker the results were lousy. The Anti-Shake function was the main reason for building a camera app. It just made sense to me that the accelerometer of the iPhone could help finding the best moment for capturing sharper and blur-free photos. (In low light-situations the exposure time is way higher so shaky hands lead even more to blurry photos).\n\nSo the first ProCamera had Anti-Shake and you could tap anywhere on the screen to capture an image immediately (even if Anti-Shake was activated). Later we started calling this \"big photo button\" the \"Full-Screen-Trigger\". And version 1.0 had a self-timer. I was and am convinced that every camera needs a timer. These features are still at the core of all the functionality the app offers. Especially the option to capture an image immediately at any time - even if the self-timer or anti-shake is active - is still our \"sacred cow\". It made UI design a bit more challenging, but I think our UI lead designer has done a great job with the camera UI (which, by the way, we are still fine-tuning). \n\nWe have approximately 400,000 active users around the world.    \n\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter1.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? (The Beginners Lens is not affiliated in any way to that project) </h4>\nI think PhotoAppLink is a great project! I really like the idea. We are currently evaluating the best way of integrating it in ProCamera.\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update? </h4>\n\nThe next update will improve some aspects of the UI. The following updates will bring some bigger new features along with further fine-tuning. Early 2012 we will start focusing on improving the studios for post processing. \n\nSadly, we also need to invest some time and resources in finding a way to deal with app piracy. Especially in China, we have approximately 80-90% users that use a cracked version. We feel honored that so many people like and use ProCamera. But customers that pay for our product also help us develop it further. We think it\'s fair to our customers if our \"cracked-app\" users would also support us to make this app even better.  This would benefit all parties.   \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"243\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter3.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>','Meet The Developers: Daemgen.net – ProC','','inherit','open','open','','5718-revision','','','2011-10-16 06:58:05','2011-10-16 06:58:05','',5718,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5718-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5720,14,'2011-10-16 06:58:09','2011-10-16 06:58:09','\r\n<h4>How would you describe <a href=\"http://daemgen.net/\" target=\"_blank\">Daemgen.net</a> as a company, and what apps do you offer? </h4>\r\n\r\ndaemgen.net is a startup that\'s about to become grown-up. It all started with ProCamera, which was my first big app. It was first submitted to the App Store in December 2008. At this time the App Store was a little more \"difficult\" than it has become today. At the time of iOS 2.x there was no camera API at all. It was only possible to make a camera app by modifying SDK components with a technique called Runtime-Reflection and working with very high-level code. Apple did not forbid this technique since I didn\'t make use of any private APIs, which would have been forbidden. It took three months of approval time, but finally it was released on the App Store.\r\n\r\nAli, a good friend of mine, who is a Mac-\"Pro\" for as long as I have known him, started helping out with Marketing and building up the product after the first success in Switzerland during Easter time. One of the biggest challenges was the time when iOS 3.0 was introduced. With that release Apple officially forbid modifying the camera components and thereby had forbidden third party camera apps. Confusingly, some new camera apps were still released on the App Store. But all our updates for iOS 3 were rejected in a row because we supposedly were using private APIs. All mails to Apple stayed unanswered. We joined in with a group of more than 20 camera app developers and wrote a petition to Apple pleading for a camera API and to allow our camera apps again to save our businesses.\r\n\r\nLuckily Apple had an open ear for us and realized the necessity for an official camera API which was then introduced with iOS 3.1 ...    \r\n    \r\nTo make a long story short - today we are a team of 5 people on the core-team plus a professional photographer and several freelancers. Recently, we invested lots of resources and energy in building up the company and in \"business development\". We realized that we needed to grow bigger to keep up with the demanding App Store business and to be able to satisfy our customer’s wishes - and also to realize our vision for the future.\r\n\r\nRecently a second developer joined the ProCamera project. Soon the third will follow. Within the next months we will have 5 developers working on ProCamera along with the rest of the team (at least in case enough people buy ProCamera during Christmas time ;).\r\n\r\nBesides ProCamera we have our iCademy project. It\'s about mobile eLearning. Our first public app in this area is a free iPhone user manual and also a user manual for ProCamera. (<a href=\"www.icademy.eu\" target=\"_blank\">www.icademy.eu</a>)\r\n\r\nThere will also be another app in the area of iPhotography coming out this year. To be announced.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"243\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter4.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally distributed? </h4>\r\nCurrently we are 5 developers. Most of us work from the same location in Mannheim (Germany) or close by. Some are working remotely, e.g. from other places in Germany and one from Brisbane Australia.    \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"243\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter2.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, ProHDR, and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)? </h4>\r\n\r\nProCamera is our flagship app. Most of the story is told briefly above.\r\n\r\nRegarding the Why: I started creating this app because I have loved the iPhone from the first minute I had it in my hands. But honestly, the camera of the first generation iPhone was like \"giving you the idea of a camera” rather than actually “giving you a camera”. In good light situations it was producing amazing results, but as soon as it got darker the results were lousy. The Anti-Shake function was the main reason for building a camera app. It just made sense to me that the accelerometer of the iPhone could help finding the best moment for capturing sharper and blur-free photos. (In low light-situations the exposure time is way higher so shaky hands lead even more to blurry photos).\r\n\r\nSo the first ProCamera had Anti-Shake and you could tap anywhere on the screen to capture an image immediately (even if Anti-Shake was activated). Later we started calling this \"big photo button\" the \"Full-Screen-Trigger\". And version 1.0 had a self-timer. I was and am convinced that every camera needs a timer. These features are still at the core of all the functionality the app offers. Especially the option to capture an image immediately at any time - even if the self-timer or anti-shake is active - is still our \"sacred cow\". It made UI design a bit more challenging, but I think our UI lead designer has done a great job with the camera UI (which, by the way, we are still fine-tuning). \r\n\r\nWe have approximately 400,000 active users around the world.    \r\n\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter1.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? (The Beginners Lens is not affiliated in any way to that project) </h4>\r\nI think PhotoAppLink is a great project! I really like the idea. We are currently evaluating the best way of integrating it in ProCamera.\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update? </h4>\r\n\r\nThe next update will improve some aspects of the UI. The following updates will bring some bigger new features along with further fine-tuning. Early 2012 we will start focusing on improving the studios for post processing. \r\n\r\nSadly, we also need to invest some time and resources in finding a way to deal with app piracy. Especially in China, we have approximately 80-90% users that use a cracked version. We feel honored that so many people like and use ProCamera. But customers that pay for our product also help us develop it further. We think it\'s fair to our customers if our \"cracked-app\" users would also support us to make this app even better.  This would benefit all parties.   \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"243\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter3.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>','Meet The Developers: Daemgen.net – ProCamera','','inherit','open','open','','5718-revision-2','','','2011-10-16 06:58:09','2011-10-16 06:58:09','',5718,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5718-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5721,14,'2011-10-17 08:00:59','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','When To Start Shooting RAW? - http://tinyurl.com/3o44uz4','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-10-17 08:00:59','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5721',0,'tweet','',0),(5722,5,'2011-10-05 11:16:30','2011-10-05 11:16:30','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Instagramer <a href=\"http://statigr.am/viewer.php#/user/531014/\" title=\"Inked Fingers Instagram\">@InkedFingers</a> (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (Instagramers @i_am_alive & @hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m also really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last.... Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-12','','','2011-10-05 11:16:30','2011-10-05 11:16:30','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(5724,5,'2011-10-17 10:55:01','2011-10-17 10:55:01','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Instagramer <a href=\"http://statigr.am/viewer.php#/user/531014/\" title=\"Inked Fingers Instagram\">@InkedFingers</a> (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \r\n<p>\r\n<p>\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (Instagramers @i_am_alive & @hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m also really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last.... Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-14','','','2011-10-17 10:55:01','2011-10-17 10:55:01','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(5723,5,'2011-10-17 10:54:26','2011-10-17 10:54:26','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Instagramer <a href=\"http://statigr.am/viewer.php#/user/531014/\" title=\"Inked Fingers Instagram\">@InkedFingers</a> (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \r\n<br>\r\n<br>\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.) But I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (Instagramers @i_am_alive & @hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m also really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last.... Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-13','','','2011-10-17 10:54:26','2011-10-17 10:54:26','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(5725,5,'2011-10-17 10:56:06','2011-10-17 10:56:06','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Instagramer <a href=\"http://statigr.am/viewer.php#/user/531014/\" title=\"Inked Fingers Instagram\">@InkedFingers</a> (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \r\n<p>\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nBut I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (Instagramers @i_am_alive & @hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m also really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last.... Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-15','','','2011-10-17 10:56:06','2011-10-17 10:56:06','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(5726,5,'2011-10-17 10:57:56','2011-10-17 10:57:56','We\'re back with another awesome Instagramer interview...check out what Instagramer <a href=\"http://statigr.am/viewer.php#/user/531014/\" title=\"Inked Fingers Instagram\">@InkedFingers</a> (aka Carli and Jonny) have got to say about iPhoneography, Instagram and all the rest! \r\n<p>\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n<p>.</p>\r\n<p>.</p>\r\nI’ve always been into some form of art. As long as I can remember I’ve cut out pretty pictures from magazines and made cards from them or taped them to my bedroom walls. Before I knew how light entered a lens I would fill disposable cameras as fast as my parents could develop them. But the truth is I only took one photography class in college before dropping out. I tried out for the Univeristy of TX newspaper 3 semesters and didn’t make it. (Film days.)\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nBut I was shooting so many gigs for friends , all of them for free, that my boyfriend at the time (now husband!) kept saying “You need to charge people!” and “You’re going into debt to get a degree for something you’re doing NOW” So... because I was paying for my own education and my loan money ran out, I quit school, worked more at Starbucks and started charging people. That was 2007. Now Johnny shoots with me and we own a lifestyle and wedding portrait studio where we work full time! A huge blessing! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli6.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\n2010 was our biggest year to date in our business! It was exhilarating but also extremely exhausting, at times we were pulling 80 hour weeks. I saw a big decline in photography for my personal life because I didn’t want to pick up the heavy camera after shooting 12 hours over the weekend! Anyway the middle of Nov 2010 Johnny & I went camping and out of boredom laying in the tent one night, I started downloading new apps. That’s when I discovered Instagram. We spend hours editing on our computer and here was an app that I could make the image look “pretty” with the touch of a button! The creators of IG have really changed the photography world, I think. If I could, I’d make a job just being on IG all day because there is never a moment I open up that app and am not inspired... every person I follow is a ridiculously great photographer in their own right and inspire me to be creative in my own life and what I post!!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>We really love the layered images you\'ve posted recently on Instagram, what is the inspiration behind these images?</h4> \r\n\r\nAdrina + Alexa (Instagramers @i_am_alive & @hello_love) have posted layered images for some time and I\'ve been drawn to those in particular. My perception was they were these complex photos that took a long time and honestly, I don’t like learning new technology. I can’t stand editing, although it’s a necessary evil. I’d rather be cutting out pretty pictures or making cards or... I just didn\'t know there were apps on the iphone that would be so easy to use! Recently I had a friend challenge me to take images beyond \"simple, pretty\" things (which pretty much is my IG feed :) \"Move me\" she said. It was when I read an interview posted by @nickspud that I actually downloaded a few other photography apps outside of just IG and hipstamatic! It’s so easy to create these collages, it feels like I’m cheating.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a real knack for choosing the right treatment to suit the photograph, do you spend a lot of time choosing \'the look\'?</h4> \r\n\r\nHa! Well thank you! Really?? I don’t spend a lot of time choosing the look, but I will tell you that I’m a bit of a perfectionist when it comes to my own style. If I feel like it’s not me in any way I won’t post it. Even if someone else says “Yeah! I like it!” It’s really hard for me to put it out there. I want every image to reflect something that’s real, that’s genuine, something without labels or confines. I want everyone that looks at the image, no matter what country or race or creed to say it spoke to them... \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s never been an easier time in history to become a photographer.  Don’t be afraid to download new apps and try them and most importantly, try new things. Some of the best photos I’ve posted have been mistakes... like when I took a photo when I was jogging and it looks like the forest is painted because of the blur... I didn’t know it would turn out that way! The more photos you take, inevitably, the better photographer you will become. There’s something to learn from every shoot!\r\n\r\nI’m also really loving camera + as of late. They have a wide variety of filters and great borders! I’m into image blender right now, but who knows how long that will last.... Since IG just updated their filters, I might go back to them more, too. For me, simple is always better!\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nThat’s a huge question! Our most recent wedding this weekend I was asked three different times after I took photos, “Hey! Can you take one with ours please?” and they thrust their smart phone my way. Of course I don’t say no! Along that vein there are countless times other IG-ers have persisted I’ve taken the image I post on IG with my dslr, but I didn’t! I took it with my iphone! If used in the right light, smart phones can really take some fantastic images! I know five years ago no one would have guessed we would have had one device that is a cell phone, calendar and legitimate camera! It’s mind-boggling. That said, the iphone images right now can’t be blown up larger than 8x8, I don’t think. That could change. Who knows!? I see a lot more smart phones and less point and shoots these days, as the combo of iphone + IG has made art a lot more accessible to the lay man! I love that.\r\n\r\nThat said, whether iphone or dslr, the camera is only as good as the person using it. We JUST had this discussion on a photog forum I belong to.... Being in the business of photography is much more than the image. As long as people are happy with the entire customer experience, they will pay for art, no matter the price tag. I believe that. Iphones right now cannot even begin to compete with full-frame sensored dslrs. The business of photography will outlive smart phones, only as long as the quality of the image cannot compare. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Inked Fingers \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/carli5.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4>\r\n\r\nIphone projects? I just try to post something new, that everyone else isn’t posting! I’m not a big planner. ;) \r\n\r\nTo check out more of Carli & Johnny\'s work visit <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Website\">inkedfingers.com</a>, or check out their <a href=\"http://www.inkdfingers.blogspot.com\" title=\"Inked Fingers Blog\">blog</a> and <a href=\"http://www.inkedfingers.etsy.com \" title=\"Inked Fingers Etsy Shop\">etsy shop</a>. ','iPhoneography with Instagramer Inked Fingers','','inherit','open','open','','5534-revision-16','','','2011-10-17 10:57:56','2011-10-17 10:57:56','',5534,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5534-revision-16.html',0,'revision','',0),(5727,14,'2011-10-17 14:26:35','2011-10-17 14:26:35','','TrueHDR1','','inherit','open','open','','truehdr1','','','2011-10-17 14:26:35','2011-10-17 14:26:35','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5728,14,'2011-10-17 14:26:49','2011-10-17 14:26:49','','TrueHDR2','','inherit','open','open','','truehdr2','','','2011-10-17 14:26:49','2011-10-17 14:26:49','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5729,14,'2011-10-17 14:26:58','2011-10-17 14:26:58','','TrueHDR3','','inherit','open','open','','truehdr3','','','2011-10-17 14:26:58','2011-10-17 14:26:58','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5730,14,'2011-10-17 14:27:06','2011-10-17 14:27:06','','TrueHDR4','','inherit','open','open','','truehdr4','','','2011-10-17 14:27:06','2011-10-17 14:27:06','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR4.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5732,14,'2011-10-17 14:38:10','2011-10-17 14:38:10','<em><strong>Yuanzhen Li</strong>\nYuanzhen graduated from MIT with a PhD in computer vision, and has in the past worked at Adobe Systems, Microsoft Research Asia, and Mitsubishi Electrical Research Labs.\n\n<strong>Michael Parker</strong>\nMichael graduated from MIT with degrees in electrical engineering and computer science, and has had extensive experience in creating interactive educational software.</em>\n\n\n<h4>How would you describe Pictional, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\n\nWe\'re a small company creating apps related to images and photography.  Right now, we have one app for iOS called True HDR, which lets users take better, more natural looking HDR photographs with their iOS devices, and we\'re currently working on other to-be-released apps as well.  Our strength is in computational photography - that is, using algorithms to enable people to take better photos and do other cool things with those images.  From a photographer\'s perspective, the iPhone is an incredible camera that has a powerful computer strapped to its back - it\'s our job to help people take advantage of that combination. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"441\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nOur team has two developers, both based out of the same location in Boston, US.  Our backgrounds are in image processing and computational photography, as well as UI and front end programming.  We\'re working on putting our years of experience to good use by creating apps that help people do great photography with their iOS devices.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)?</h4>\n\nOur app True HDR lets people take beautiful high dynamic range (HDR) pictures with their iOS devices.  The idea for the app was born in 2009 when the iPhone 3GS was shipped with a tap-to-focus feature, which lets you tap the screen to adjust the camera focus to that point in the image. This feature turned out to also allow for tap-to-expose, which adjusts exposure to the point you tap.  We thought this feature would allow us to build an app where users could take two pictures of the same scene, using different exposures, and the app would do the work of automatically aligning the two images and combining them to create one natural looking image which has a higher dynamic range and is much closer to what the scene looked like to the eye.  We worked hard in the next few months getting some computationally intensive code to fit within the memory constraints of a mobile device like the iPhone.  \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n\nThe app was born in November 2009.  We\'ve sold steadily since then, with quite a number of updates, and with ups and downs; our highest rankings have included some brief stints in the photography top 5, as well as a brief run in the top 100 paid apps on the app store.  Therefore, we\'d describe the app as medium popular.  We are proud to have wonderful users who amaze us with the beautiful shots that they take with the app.  One of the really nice aspects is getting email from users who tell us about their unique uses for True HDR; real estate photography (including indoor shots) has been a great one, and another is merging two photos that they\'ve made with other apps.   \n\n\n\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? (The Beginners Lens is not affiliated in any way to that project)</h4>\n\nWe love PhotoAppLink!  Full disclosure is that we are part of the initial group of apps participating in PhotoAppLink and know one of the developers behind that project.  We think the concept of easily moving photos between apps, almost like an integrated suite of tools, is a nice one.  And PhotoAppLink also makes it easier for those who love using their iPhone for photography to find other high quality apps.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"323\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\niOS 5 is the big news right now, and we\'re confident that the camera on the iPhone 4S will be outstanding.  We\'re working on supporting iOS 5 and the new iPhone (True HDR update already submitted to Apple at the time of this interview) and taking advantage of the new features and improved performance.  The new iPhone\'s higher color fidelity will likely be terrific for True HDR users, and we can\'t wait to get our hands on the 4S and start testing.  We\'re also constantly working on improving the picture quality in TrueHDR for all users of the app, not just those on the latest and greatest hardware or iOS version.  Processing speed, quality of image, ease of sharing, and user control over the final image are among our highest priorities.  It\'s hard work and a lot of fun working on this app, and we look forward to continuing to do so. \n\n\n','Meet The Developers: Pictional – True HDR','','inherit','open','open','','5713-revision-6','','','2011-10-17 14:38:10','2011-10-17 14:38:10','',5713,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5713-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(5733,14,'2011-10-17 14:49:05','2011-10-17 14:49:05','','ProCamera1','','inherit','open','open','','procamera1','','','2011-10-17 14:49:05','2011-10-17 14:49:05','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5734,14,'2011-10-17 14:49:12','2011-10-17 14:49:12','','ProCamera2','','inherit','open','open','','procamera2','','','2011-10-17 14:49:12','2011-10-17 14:49:12','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5735,14,'2011-10-17 14:49:16','2011-10-17 14:49:16','','ProCamera3','','inherit','open','open','','procamera3','','','2011-10-17 14:49:16','2011-10-17 14:49:16','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera3.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5736,14,'2011-10-17 14:52:44','2011-10-17 14:52:44','<h4>How would you describe <a href=\"http://daemgen.net/\" target=\"_blank\">Daemgen.net</a> as a company, and what apps do you offer? </h4>\n\ndaemgen.net is a startup that\'s about to become grown-up. It all started with ProCamera, which was my first big app. It was first submitted to the App Store in December 2008. At this time the App Store was a little more \"difficult\" than it has become today. At the time of iOS 2.x there was no camera API at all. It was only possible to make a camera app by modifying SDK components with a technique called Runtime-Reflection and working with very high-level code. Apple did not forbid this technique since I didn\'t make use of any private APIs, which would have been forbidden. It took three months of approval time, but finally it was released on the App Store.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"321\" height=\"482\"  alt=\"ProCamera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n\nAli, a good friend of mine, who is a Mac-\"Pro\" for as long as I have known him, started helping out with Marketing and building up the product after the first success in Switzerland during Easter time. One of the biggest challenges was the time when iOS 3.0 was introduced. With that release Apple officially forbid modifying the camera components and thereby had forbidden third party camera apps. Confusingly, some new camera apps were still released on the App Store. But all our updates for iOS 3 were rejected in a row because we supposedly were using private APIs. All mails to Apple stayed unanswered. We joined in with a group of more than 20 camera app developers and wrote a petition to Apple pleading for a camera API and to allow our camera apps again to save our businesses.\n\nLuckily Apple had an open ear for us and realized the necessity for an official camera API which was then introduced with iOS 3.1 ...    \n    \nTo make a long story short - today we are a team of 5 people on the core-team plus a professional photographer and several freelancers. Recently, we invested lots of resources and energy in building up the company and in \"business development\". We realized that we needed to grow bigger to keep up with the demanding App Store business and to be able to satisfy our customer’s wishes - and also to realize our vision for the future.\n\nRecently a second developer joined the ProCamera project. Soon the third will follow. Within the next months we will have 5 developers working on ProCamera along with the rest of the team (at least in case enough people buy ProCamera during Christmas time ;).\n\nBesides ProCamera we have our iCademy project. It\'s about mobile eLearning. Our first public app in this area is a free iPhone user manual and also a user manual for ProCamera. (<a href=\"www.icademy.eu\" target=\"_blank\">www.icademy.eu</a>)\n\nThere will also be another app in the area of iPhotography coming out this year. To be announced.\n\n\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally distributed? </h4>\nCurrently we are 5 developers. Most of us work from the same location in Mannheim (Germany) or close by. Some are working remotely, e.g. from other places in Germany and one from Brisbane Australia.    \n\n\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"481\"  alt=\"ProCamera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, ProHDR, and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)? </h4>\n\nProCamera is our flagship app. Most of the story is told briefly above.\n\nRegarding the Why: I started creating this app because I have loved the iPhone from the first minute I had it in my hands. But honestly, the camera of the first generation iPhone was like \"giving you the idea of a camera” rather than actually “giving you a camera”. In good light situations it was producing amazing results, but as soon as it got darker the results were lousy. The Anti-Shake function was the main reason for building a camera app. It just made sense to me that the accelerometer of the iPhone could help finding the best moment for capturing sharper and blur-free photos. (In low light-situations the exposure time is way higher so shaky hands lead even more to blurry photos).\n\nSo the first ProCamera had Anti-Shake and you could tap anywhere on the screen to capture an image immediately (even if Anti-Shake was activated). Later we started calling this \"big photo button\" the \"Full-Screen-Trigger\". And version 1.0 had a self-timer. I was and am convinced that every camera needs a timer. These features are still at the core of all the functionality the app offers. Especially the option to capture an image immediately at any time - even if the self-timer or anti-shake is active - is still our \"sacred cow\". It made UI design a bit more challenging, but I think our UI lead designer has done a great job with the camera UI (which, by the way, we are still fine-tuning). \n\nWe have approximately 400,000 active users around the world.    \n\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"400\" height=\"250\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter1.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? (The Beginners Lens is not affiliated in any way to that project) </h4>\nI think PhotoAppLink is a great project! I really like the idea. We are currently evaluating the best way of integrating it in ProCamera.\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update? </h4>\n\nThe next update will improve some aspects of the UI. The following updates will bring some bigger new features along with further fine-tuning. Early 2012 we will start focusing on improving the studios for post processing. \n\nSadly, we also need to invest some time and resources in finding a way to deal with app piracy. Especially in China, we have approximately 80-90% users that use a cracked version. We feel honored that so many people like and use ProCamera. But customers that pay for our product also help us develop it further. We think it\'s fair to our customers if our \"cracked-app\" users would also support us to make this app even better.  This would benefit all parties.   \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"243\" height=\"350\"  alt=\"Filterstorm\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/filter3.png\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>','Meet The Developers: Daemgen.net – ProCamera','','inherit','open','open','','5718-revision-3','','','2011-10-17 14:52:44','2011-10-17 14:52:44','',5718,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5718-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5738,16,'2011-10-17 14:38:18','2011-10-17 14:38:18','<em><strong>Yuanzhen Li</strong>\r\nYuanzhen graduated from MIT with a PhD in computer vision, and has in the past worked at Adobe Systems, Microsoft Research Asia, and Mitsubishi Electrical Research Labs.\r\n\r\n<strong>Michael Parker</strong>\r\nMichael graduated from MIT with degrees in electrical engineering and computer science, and has had extensive experience in creating interactive educational software.</em>\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Pictional, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe\'re a small company creating apps related to images and photography.  Right now, we have one app for iOS called True HDR, which lets users take better, more natural looking HDR photographs with their iOS devices, and we\'re currently working on other to-be-released apps as well.  Our strength is in computational photography - that is, using algorithms to enable people to take better photos and do other cool things with those images.  From a photographer\'s perspective, the iPhone is an incredible camera that has a powerful computer strapped to its back - it\'s our job to help people take advantage of that combination. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"441\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur team has two developers, both based out of the same location in Boston, US.  Our backgrounds are in image processing and computational photography, as well as UI and front end programming.  We\'re working on putting our years of experience to good use by creating apps that help people do great photography with their iOS devices.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it (downloads, etc.)?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur app True HDR lets people take beautiful high dynamic range (HDR) pictures with their iOS devices.  The idea for the app was born in 2009 when the iPhone 3GS was shipped with a tap-to-focus feature, which lets you tap the screen to adjust the camera focus to that point in the image. This feature turned out to also allow for tap-to-expose, which adjusts exposure to the point you tap.  We thought this feature would allow us to build an app where users could take two pictures of the same scene, using different exposures, and the app would do the work of automatically aligning the two images and combining them to create one natural looking image which has a higher dynamic range and is much closer to what the scene looked like to the eye.  We worked hard in the next few months getting some computationally intensive code to fit within the memory constraints of a mobile device like the iPhone.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\nThe app was born in November 2009.  We\'ve sold steadily since then, with quite a number of updates, and with ups and downs; our highest rankings have included some brief stints in the photography top 5, as well as a brief run in the top 100 paid apps on the app store.  Therefore, we\'d describe the app as medium popular.  We are proud to have wonderful users who amaze us with the beautiful shots that they take with the app.  One of the really nice aspects is getting email from users who tell us about their unique uses for True HDR; real estate photography (including indoor shots) has been a great one, and another is merging two photos that they\'ve made with other apps.   \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? (The Beginners Lens is not affiliated in any way to that project)</h4>\r\n\r\nWe love PhotoAppLink!  Full disclosure is that we are part of the initial group of apps participating in PhotoAppLink and know one of the developers behind that project.  We think the concept of easily moving photos between apps, almost like an integrated suite of tools, is a nice one.  And PhotoAppLink also makes it easier for those who love using their iPhone for photography to find other high quality apps.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"323\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\niOS 5 is the big news right now, and we\'re confident that the camera on the iPhone 4S will be outstanding.  We\'re working on supporting iOS 5 and the new iPhone (True HDR update already submitted to Apple at the time of this interview) and taking advantage of the new features and improved performance.  The new iPhone\'s higher color fidelity will likely be terrific for True HDR users, and we can\'t wait to get our hands on the 4S and start testing.  We\'re also constantly working on improving the picture quality in TrueHDR for all users of the app, not just those on the latest and greatest hardware or iOS version.  Processing speed, quality of image, ease of sharing, and user control over the final image are among our highest priorities.  It\'s hard work and a lot of fun working on this app, and we look forward to continuing to do so. \r\n\r\n\r\n','Meet The Developers: Pictional – True HDR','','inherit','open','open','','5713-revision-7','','','2011-10-17 14:38:18','2011-10-17 14:38:18','',5713,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5713-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(5740,16,'2011-10-17 15:53:00','2011-10-17 15:53:00','<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \n\nThe affair started when I was really young actually, with the family camera. We had an old Canon SLR with a rather long zoom lens that my parents kept in a wicker picnic basket in their closet. Everything about it held my attention, from the feel of the focus ring, to the little red numbers that came up when you half-pressed the button, to the tiny knobs and film cranks and the sound it made when you took a picture. It was my cardboard spaceship, so to speak. I\'d sit and play with it for hours, even if it didn\'t have any film.\n\nAs I got older, that grew into a hobby. I\'d wander either around the house or around town with my digital camera, committing arbitrary little bits of life to a 32MB card. It was my version of a journal. Since then, i’ve fallen hard for surrealist landscapes. I\'m basically still doing the same thing, though these days I\'m able to wander a bit farther. Between licensing and selling prints, and the odd gallery show, photography has turned into part time profession, partly funded by an internet company i started a few years back. Nerd by day, photographer by... well, it depends on the day. \n\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \n\nI’d say my iPhoneography affliction is deeply rooted in many years of experimenting with mobile photography, which goes as far back as 2003 when early camera phones were just starting to get popular. Back then, phone cameras weren’t very taken seriously - no one expected to get prints out of them, or even cared enough to transfer them to their computers. They were just tiny digital memories that lived on your phone or shared through text messages. For me, they were a new way to make art. Hell, the resolutions were so low, the photos ended up looking more impressionistic than photorealistic anyway. But that was all we had, and i rather enjoyed the result. Since then, i\'ve celebrated every incremental improvement, from better resolutions, better color representation, to the first LED flashes.\n\nNaturally, when the iPhone was announced in 2007, i was pretty excited. I worked at Yahoo! Mobile at the time, which was working closely with Apple to provide stock and weather information, so i had the pleasure of playing with one under close guard at the Apple campus, before it was publicly available. The first time i saw the camera in action on that big, beautiful touchscreen, it was immediately apparent we were in for something big. Sure, there were a few phones with decent resolutions, but Apple’s camera implementation would bring a change in the general thinking of what a mobile photograph meant. It was smart, it made it easy to share and transfer, and the photos looked pretty darn great, to boot.\n\nI soon found myself caring more about the details i could capture, and the fidelity of the final photograph. Suddenly, mobile photos were something more. That\'s special to me because i\'ve watched the medium progress, and i feel privileged to witness it first hand.\n\n<h4>You have a very distinctive photography style, tell us a bit about your style and how you came to develop it. Do you feel it\'s important for aspiring photographers to develop their own style?</h4> \n\nA friend of mine once said \"People don\'t want to just see cool photos, they want to see how you view the world. They want perspective.\" I think that describes quite well what photographers strive to do - provide a perspective. For me, that perspective lies somewhere between what we cannot see beyond the fog and what we imagine it to be.\n\nWhen i think of style, i think of brand, and i think every serious photographer should work hard to establish one, just as a company would for a product. Consistency is important, but probably more so in your message than the image itself. One of the most rewarding aspects of photography is when someone can immediately recognize one of your photos without the byline. If people like what you’re about, and they can trust you’ll keep delivering, you can easily build a following. \n\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \n\nThere’s so many ways to get creative with an iPhone, or any phone for that matter. Here are three tricks that i’ve had success with:\n\nShoot through your sweater. Any sort of knit fabric stretched over the lens plays with sunlight in such a satisfying way. This is also a great use for that scarf you hate.\nCreate nifty light leaks with a carefully placed drop of water. Put it in that spot between your flash and your lens, and make sure your flash is on. Clear plastic also works, like sandwich bags or scotch tape.\nShoot straight up in the rain with a the Slow Shutter Cam app. Again, make sure the flash is on, and that you’ve got the app set to “Light trails” mode. The water droplets rushing towards the lens looks like warp speed! Slow Shutter is also amazingly useful for your more obvious long-exposure iPhone shots.\n\nAside from Slow Shutter I tend to use PhotoForge2 for it’s photoshop like control of the color curves, and Cross Process because it’s just generally awesome with what it outputs.\n\nSlow Shutter Cam\nhttp://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\n\nPhotoForge2\nhttp://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge2/id435789422?mt=8\n\nCross Process\nhttp://itunes.apple.com/us/app/cross-process/id355754066?mt=8\n\n\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</ \n\nI’d say I care as much about capturing something with my phone as i do my Hasselblad or DSLR. Why? Not because of the resolution or quality - my specialized equipment will always do it better. It’s because my phone is connected, and it’s the easiest way to immediately share where i am, what i’m doing, and how i feel about it. \n\nI have no doubt that we’ll soon witness the demise of the specialized point and shoot camera, as mobile image sensors improve and people rely more on what’s already in their pocket. If you’ve been to a concert or show lately, the future is immediately evident with all those glowing screens. There will be smartphones, and there will be prosumer / professional cameras with interchangeable lenses, with a little gap in between. \n\nAnybody will be able to take crisp, high-fidelity photos, which is wonderful for casual photographers. The professionals on the other hand, will have to work a little harder to differentiate themselves from the masses. :)\n\nTell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects. \n\nMy current project involves getting my hands on that new 8MP sensor in the iPhone 4S! Once that’s solved, I’m planning a 2600 mile drive from San Francisco to Colorado and back, which will take me through the salt flats in Utah at 3 in the morning. I’m curious to test what kind of night shots i can get.','iPhoneography with Cole Rise','','inherit','open','open','','5739-revision','','','2011-10-17 15:53:00','2011-10-17 15:53:00','',5739,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5739-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(5741,16,'2011-10-17 15:53:38','2011-10-17 15:53:38','<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nThe affair started when I was really young actually, with the family camera. We had an old Canon SLR with a rather long zoom lens that my parents kept in a wicker picnic basket in their closet. Everything about it held my attention, from the feel of the focus ring, to the little red numbers that came up when you half-pressed the button, to the tiny knobs and film cranks and the sound it made when you took a picture. It was my cardboard spaceship, so to speak. I\'d sit and play with it for hours, even if it didn\'t have any film.\r\n\r\nAs I got older, that grew into a hobby. I\'d wander either around the house or around town with my digital camera, committing arbitrary little bits of life to a 32MB card. It was my version of a journal. Since then, i’ve fallen hard for surrealist landscapes. I\'m basically still doing the same thing, though these days I\'m able to wander a bit farther. Between licensing and selling prints, and the odd gallery show, photography has turned into part time profession, partly funded by an internet company i started a few years back. Nerd by day, photographer by... well, it depends on the day. \r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’d say my iPhoneography affliction is deeply rooted in many years of experimenting with mobile photography, which goes as far back as 2003 when early camera phones were just starting to get popular. Back then, phone cameras weren’t very taken seriously - no one expected to get prints out of them, or even cared enough to transfer them to their computers. They were just tiny digital memories that lived on your phone or shared through text messages. For me, they were a new way to make art. Hell, the resolutions were so low, the photos ended up looking more impressionistic than photorealistic anyway. But that was all we had, and i rather enjoyed the result. Since then, i\'ve celebrated every incremental improvement, from better resolutions, better color representation, to the first LED flashes.\r\n\r\nNaturally, when the iPhone was announced in 2007, i was pretty excited. I worked at Yahoo! Mobile at the time, which was working closely with Apple to provide stock and weather information, so i had the pleasure of playing with one under close guard at the Apple campus, before it was publicly available. The first time i saw the camera in action on that big, beautiful touchscreen, it was immediately apparent we were in for something big. Sure, there were a few phones with decent resolutions, but Apple’s camera implementation would bring a change in the general thinking of what a mobile photograph meant. It was smart, it made it easy to share and transfer, and the photos looked pretty darn great, to boot.\r\n\r\nI soon found myself caring more about the details i could capture, and the fidelity of the final photograph. Suddenly, mobile photos were something more. That\'s special to me because i\'ve watched the medium progress, and i feel privileged to witness it first hand.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a very distinctive photography style, tell us a bit about your style and how you came to develop it. Do you feel it\'s important for aspiring photographers to develop their own style?</h4> \r\n\r\nA friend of mine once said \"People don\'t want to just see cool photos, they want to see how you view the world. They want perspective.\" I think that describes quite well what photographers strive to do - provide a perspective. For me, that perspective lies somewhere between what we cannot see beyond the fog and what we imagine it to be.\r\n\r\nWhen i think of style, i think of brand, and i think every serious photographer should work hard to establish one, just as a company would for a product. Consistency is important, but probably more so in your message than the image itself. One of the most rewarding aspects of photography is when someone can immediately recognize one of your photos without the byline. If people like what you’re about, and they can trust you’ll keep delivering, you can easily build a following. \r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s so many ways to get creative with an iPhone, or any phone for that matter. Here are three tricks that i’ve had success with:\r\n\r\nShoot through your sweater. Any sort of knit fabric stretched over the lens plays with sunlight in such a satisfying way. This is also a great use for that scarf you hate.\r\nCreate nifty light leaks with a carefully placed drop of water. Put it in that spot between your flash and your lens, and make sure your flash is on. Clear plastic also works, like sandwich bags or scotch tape.\r\nShoot straight up in the rain with a the Slow Shutter Cam app. Again, make sure the flash is on, and that you’ve got the app set to “Light trails” mode. The water droplets rushing towards the lens looks like warp speed! Slow Shutter is also amazingly useful for your more obvious long-exposure iPhone shots.\r\n\r\nAside from Slow Shutter I tend to use PhotoForge2 for it’s photoshop like control of the color curves, and Cross Process because it’s just generally awesome with what it outputs.\r\n\r\nSlow Shutter Cam\r\nhttp://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\r\n\r\nPhotoForge2\r\nhttp://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge2/id435789422?mt=8\r\n\r\nCross Process\r\nhttp://itunes.apple.com/us/app/cross-process/id355754066?mt=8\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’d say I care as much about capturing something with my phone as i do my Hasselblad or DSLR. Why? Not because of the resolution or quality - my specialized equipment will always do it better. It’s because my phone is connected, and it’s the easiest way to immediately share where i am, what i’m doing, and how i feel about it. \r\n\r\nI have no doubt that we’ll soon witness the demise of the specialized point and shoot camera, as mobile image sensors improve and people rely more on what’s already in their pocket. If you’ve been to a concert or show lately, the future is immediately evident with all those glowing screens. There will be smartphones, and there will be prosumer / professional cameras with interchangeable lenses, with a little gap in between. \r\n\r\nAnybody will be able to take crisp, high-fidelity photos, which is wonderful for casual photographers. The professionals on the other hand, will have to work a little harder to differentiate themselves from the masses. :)\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4> \r\n\r\nMy current project involves getting my hands on that new 8MP sensor in the iPhone 4S! Once that’s solved, I’m planning a 2600 mile drive from San Francisco to Colorado and back, which will take me through the salt flats in Utah at 3 in the morning. I’m curious to test what kind of night shots i can get.','iPhoneography with Cole Rise','','inherit','open','open','','5739-revision-2','','','2011-10-17 15:53:38','2011-10-17 15:53:38','',5739,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5739-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(5742,16,'2011-10-17 16:03:32','2011-10-17 16:03:32','<h4>Tell us a little bit about yourself. What is your background in photography?</h4> \r\n\r\nThe affair started when I was really young actually, with the family camera. We had an old Canon SLR with a rather long zoom lens that my parents kept in a wicker picnic basket in their closet. Everything about it held my attention, from the feel of the focus ring, to the little red numbers that came up when you half-pressed the button, to the tiny knobs and film cranks and the sound it made when you took a picture. It was my cardboard spaceship, so to speak. I\'d sit and play with it for hours, even if it didn\'t have any film.\r\n\r\nAs I got older, that grew into a hobby. I\'d wander either around the house or around town with my digital camera, committing arbitrary little bits of life to a 32MB card. It was my version of a journal. Since then, i’ve fallen hard for surrealist landscapes. I\'m basically still doing the same thing, though these days I\'m able to wander a bit farther. Between licensing and selling prints, and the odd gallery show, photography has turned into part time profession, partly funded by an internet company i started a few years back. Nerd by day, photographer by... well, it depends on the day. \r\n\r\n<h4>How and when did you catch the iPhoneography bug? What makes the medium so special for you?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’d say my iPhoneography affliction is deeply rooted in many years of experimenting with mobile photography, which goes as far back as 2003 when early camera phones were just starting to get popular. Back then, phone cameras weren’t very taken seriously - no one expected to get prints out of them, or even cared enough to transfer them to their computers. They were just tiny digital memories that lived on your phone or shared through text messages. For me, they were a new way to make art. Hell, the resolutions were so low, the photos ended up looking more impressionistic than photorealistic anyway. But that was all we had, and i rather enjoyed the result. Since then, i\'ve celebrated every incremental improvement, from better resolutions, better color representation, to the first LED flashes.\r\n\r\nNaturally, when the iPhone was announced in 2007, i was pretty excited. I worked at Yahoo! Mobile at the time, which was working closely with Apple to provide stock and weather information, so i had the pleasure of playing with one under close guard at the Apple campus, before it was publicly available. The first time i saw the camera in action on that big, beautiful touchscreen, it was immediately apparent we were in for something big. Sure, there were a few phones with decent resolutions, but Apple’s camera implementation would bring a change in the general thinking of what a mobile photograph meant. It was smart, it made it easy to share and transfer, and the photos looked pretty darn great, to boot.\r\n\r\nI soon found myself caring more about the details i could capture, and the fidelity of the final photograph. Suddenly, mobile photos were something more. That\'s special to me because i\'ve watched the medium progress, and i feel privileged to witness it first hand.\r\n\r\n<h4>You have a very distinctive photography style, tell us a bit about your style and how you came to develop it. Do you feel it\'s important for aspiring photographers to develop their own style?</h4> \r\n\r\nA friend of mine once said \"People don\'t want to just see cool photos, they want to see how you view the world. They want perspective.\" I think that describes quite well what photographers strive to do - provide a perspective. For me, that perspective lies somewhere between what we cannot see beyond the fog and what we imagine it to be.\r\n\r\nWhen i think of style, i think of brand, and i think every serious photographer should work hard to establish one, just as a company would for a product. Consistency is important, but probably more so in your message than the image itself. One of the most rewarding aspects of photography is when someone can immediately recognize one of your photos without the byline. If people like what you’re about, and they can trust you’ll keep delivering, you can easily build a following. \r\n\r\n<h4>What tips and tricks would you share with other iPhoneographers? Do you have any favorite apps and treatments?</h4> \r\n\r\nThere’s so many ways to get creative with an iPhone, or any phone for that matter. Here are three tricks that i’ve had success with:\r\n\r\nShoot through your sweater. Any sort of knit fabric stretched over the lens plays with sunlight in such a satisfying way. This is also a great use for that scarf you hate.\r\nCreate nifty light leaks with a carefully placed drop of water. Put it in that spot between your flash and your lens, and make sure your flash is on. Clear plastic also works, like sandwich bags or scotch tape.\r\nShoot straight up in the rain with a the Slow Shutter Cam app. Again, make sure the flash is on, and that you’ve got the app set to “Light trails” mode. The water droplets rushing towards the lens looks like warp speed! Slow Shutter is also amazingly useful for your more obvious long-exposure iPhone shots.\r\n\r\nAside from Slow Shutter I tend to use PhotoForge2 for it’s photoshop like control of the color curves, and Cross Process because it’s just generally awesome with what it outputs.\r\n\r\nSlow Shutter Cam\r\nhttp://itunes.apple.com/us/app/slow-shutter-cam/id357404131?mt=8\r\n\r\nPhotoForge2\r\nhttp://itunes.apple.com/us/app/photoforge2/id435789422?mt=8\r\n\r\nCross Process\r\nhttp://itunes.apple.com/us/app/cross-process/id355754066?mt=8\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>What do you envision for the future of iPhoneography for casual photographers? For professionals?</h4> \r\n\r\nI’d say I care as much about capturing something with my phone as i do my Hasselblad or DSLR. Why? Not because of the resolution or quality - my specialized equipment will always do it better. It’s because my phone is connected, and it’s the easiest way to immediately share where i am, what i’m doing, and how i feel about it. \r\n\r\nI have no doubt that we’ll soon witness the demise of the specialized point and shoot camera, as mobile image sensors improve and people rely more on what’s already in their pocket. If you’ve been to a concert or show lately, the future is immediately evident with all those glowing screens. There will be smartphones, and there will be prosumer / professional cameras with interchangeable lenses, with a little gap in between. \r\n\r\nAnybody will be able to take crisp, high-fidelity photos, which is wonderful for casual photographers. The professionals on the other hand, will have to work a little harder to differentiate themselves from the masses. :)\r\n\r\n<h4>Tell us a little bit about your current and future iPhoneography projects.</h4> \r\n\r\nMy current project involves getting my hands on that new 8MP sensor in the iPhone 4S! Once that’s solved, I’m planning a 2600 mile drive from San Francisco to Colorado and back, which will take me through the salt flats in Utah at 3 in the morning. I’m curious to test what kind of night shots i can get.','iPhoneography with Cole Rise','','inherit','open','open','','5739-revision-3','','','2011-10-17 16:03:32','2011-10-17 16:03:32','',5739,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5739-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5743,16,'2011-10-18 08:00:38','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','This week on Meet The Developers we catch up with Marty of @JuicyBits software! Click for the juicy goodness! http://tinyurl.com/6cfyv7f','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-10-18 08:00:38','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5743',0,'tweet','',0),(5744,16,'2011-10-18 10:15:20','2011-10-18 10:15:20','This week on Meet The Developers we\'re catching up with two MIT graduates, Yuanzhen Li and Michael Parker...the guys behind the fantastic True HDR app. Both Yuanzhen and Michael have extensive experience in computer science and with their combined backgrounds in software development its no wonder they ended up with the app development game! We\'re sure glad they did! Take it away guys...\n\n<h4>How would you describe Pictional, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\n\nWe\'re a small company creating apps related to images and photography. Right now, we have one app for iOS called True HDR, which lets users take better, more natural looking HDR photographs with their iOS devices, and we\'re currently working on other to-be-released apps as well. Our strength is in computational photography - that is, using algorithms to enable people to take better photos and do other cool things with those images. From a photographer\'s perspective, the iPhone is an incredible camera that has a powerful computer strapped to its back - it\'s our job to help people take advantage of that combination. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"441\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\n\nOur team has two developers, both based out of the same location in Boston, Massachusetts, US. Our backgrounds are in image processing and computational photography, as well as UI and front end programming. We\'re working on putting our years of experience to good use by creating photography apps for iOS devices! \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n \n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Has it been well received?</h4>\n\nOur app True HDR lets people take beautiful high dynamic range (HDR) photos. The idea for the app was born in 2009 when the iPhone 3GS was shipped with a tap-to-focus feature, which lets you tap the screen to adjust the camera focus to that point in the image. This feature turned out to also allow for tap-to-expose, which adjusts exposure to the point where you tap. We thought this feature would allow us to build an app where users could take two pictures of the same scene, using different exposures, and the app would do the work of automatically aligning the two images and combining them to create one natural looking image which has a higher dynamic range and is much closer to what the scene looked like to the eye. We worked hard the next few months getting some computationally intensive code to fit within the memory constraints of a mobile device like the iPhone.  \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nThe app was born in November 2009, and it has sold steadily since then, with quite a number of updates, and with ups and downs. Our highest rankings have included some brief stints in the photography top 5, as well as a brief run in the top 100 paid apps on the app store. Therefore, we\'d describe the app as medium popular.  We are proud to have wonderful users who amaze us with the beautiful shots that they take with the app. One of the really nice aspects is getting email from users who tell us about their unique uses for True HDR; real estate photography (including indoor shots) has been a great one, and another is merging two photos that they\'ve made with other apps.   \n\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project?</h4>\n\nWe love PhotoAppLink! Full disclosure is that we are part of the initial group of apps participating in PhotoAppLink and know one of the developers behind that project.  We think the concept of easily moving photos between apps, almost like an integrated suite of tools, is a nice one. And PhotoAppLink also makes it easier for those who love using their iPhone for photography to find other high quality apps. \n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"323\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\n\niOS 5 is the big news right now, and we\'re confident that the camera on the iPhone 4S will be outstanding. We\'re working on supporting iOS 5 and the new iPhone (True HDR update already submitted to Apple at the time of this interview) and taking advantage of the new features and improved performance. The new iPhone\'s higher color fidelity will likely be terrific for True HDR users, and we can\'t wait to get our hands on the 4S and start testing. We\'re also constantly working on improving the picture quality in TrueHDR for all users of the app, not just those on the latest and greatest hardware or iOS version.  Processing speed, quality of image, ease of sharing, and user control over the final image are among our highest priorities. It\'s hard work and a lot of fun working on this app, and we look forward to continuing to do so!! \n\n\n','Meet The Developers: Pictional – True HDR','','inherit','open','open','','5713-revision-8','','','2011-10-18 10:15:20','2011-10-18 10:15:20','',5713,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5713-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(5745,16,'2011-10-18 10:19:26','2011-10-18 10:19:26','This week on Meet The Developers we\'re catching up with two MIT graduates, Yuanzhen Li and Michael Parker...the guys behind the fantastic True HDR app. Both Yuanzhen and Michael have extensive experience in computer science and with their combined backgrounds in software development its no wonder they ended up with the app development game! We\'re sure glad they did! Take it away guys...\r\n\r\n<h4>How would you describe Pictional, as a company, and what apps do you offer?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe\'re a small company creating apps related to images and photography. Right now, we have one app for iOS called True HDR, which lets users take better, more natural looking HDR photographs with their iOS devices, and we\'re currently working on other to-be-released apps as well. Our strength is in computational photography - that is, using algorithms to enable people to take better photos and do other cool things with those images. From a photographer\'s perspective, the iPhone is an incredible camera that has a powerful computer strapped to its back - it\'s our job to help people take advantage of that combination. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"600\" height=\"441\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>How many developers do you have on your team? Do you all work from the same location or are you globally based?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur team has two developers, both based out of the same location in Boston, Massachusetts, US. Our backgrounds are in image processing and computational photography, as well as UI and front end programming. We\'re working on putting our years of experience to good use by creating photography apps for iOS devices! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n \r\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flag ship app and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? Has it been well received?</h4>\r\n\r\nOur app True HDR lets people take beautiful high dynamic range (HDR) photos. The idea for the app was born in 2009 when the iPhone 3GS was shipped with a tap-to-focus feature, which lets you tap the screen to adjust the camera focus to that point in the image. This feature turned out to also allow for tap-to-expose, which adjusts exposure to the point where you tap. We thought this feature would allow us to build an app where users could take two pictures of the same scene, using different exposures, and the app would do the work of automatically aligning the two images and combining them to create one natural looking image which has a higher dynamic range and is much closer to what the scene looked like to the eye. We worked hard the next few months getting some computationally intensive code to fit within the memory constraints of a mobile device like the iPhone.  \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"317\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nThe app was born in November 2009, and it has sold steadily since then, with quite a number of updates, and with ups and downs. Our highest rankings have included some brief stints in the photography top 5, as well as a brief run in the top 100 paid apps on the app store. Therefore, we\'d describe the app as medium popular.  We are proud to have wonderful users who amaze us with the beautiful shots that they take with the app. One of the really nice aspects is getting email from users who tell us about their unique uses for True HDR; real estate photography (including indoor shots) has been a great one, and another is merging two photos that they\'ve made with other apps.   \r\n\r\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project?</h4>\r\n\r\nWe love PhotoAppLink! Full disclosure is that we are part of the initial group of apps participating in PhotoAppLink and know one of the developers behind that project.  We think the concept of easily moving photos between apps, almost like an integrated suite of tools, is a nice one. And PhotoAppLink also makes it easier for those who love using their iPhone for photography to find other high quality apps. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"481\" height=\"323\"  alt=\"True HDR\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/TrueHDR4.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update?</h4>\r\n\r\niOS 5 is the big news right now, and we\'re confident that the camera on the iPhone 4S will be outstanding. We\'re working on supporting iOS 5 and the new iPhone (True HDR update already submitted to Apple at the time of this interview) and taking advantage of the new features and improved performance. The new iPhone\'s higher color fidelity will likely be terrific for True HDR users, and we can\'t wait to get our hands on the 4S and start testing. We\'re also constantly working on improving the picture quality in TrueHDR for all users of the app, not just those on the latest and greatest hardware or iOS version.  Processing speed, quality of image, ease of sharing, and user control over the final image are among our highest priorities. It\'s hard work and a lot of fun working on this app, and we look forward to continuing to do so!! \r\n\r\n\r\n','Meet The Developers: Pictional – True HDR','','inherit','open','open','','5713-revision-9','','','2011-10-18 10:19:26','2011-10-18 10:19:26','',5713,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5713-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(5746,16,'2011-10-18 10:44:11','2011-10-18 10:44:11','We\'re really excited about this week\'s Meet The Developers (well let\'s be honest...we\'ve been excited about all of them...) but this week is particularly great as we simply love the ProCamera app! It\'s by far one of the most used on the TBL iPhones, so we were pleased as punch when Jens Daemgen took the time to answer our questions about the app itself and the team of developers behind this awesome camera replacement!\n\n<h4>How would you describe <a href=\"http://daemgen.net/\" target=\"_blank\">Daemgen.net</a> as a company, and what apps do you offer? </h4>\n\nDaemgen.net is a startup that\'s about to become grown-up. It all started with ProCamera, which was our first big app. It was first submitted to the App Store in December 2008. At this time the App Store was a little more \"difficult\" than it has become today. At the time of iOS 2.x there was no camera API at all. It was only possible to make a camera app by modifying SDK components with a technique called Runtime-Reflection and working with very high-level code. Apple did not forbid this technique since I didn\'t make use of any private APIs, which would have been forbidden. It took three months of approval time, but finally it was released on the App Store.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"321\" height=\"482\"  alt=\"ProCamera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\nAli, a good friend of mine, who is a Mac-\"Pro\" for as long as I have known him, started helping out with Marketing and building up the product after the first success in Switzerland. One of the biggest challenges was the time when iOS 3.0 was introduced. With that release Apple officially forbid modifying the camera components and thereby had forbidden third party camera apps. Confusingly, some new camera apps were still released on the App Store. But all our updates for iOS 3 were rejected in a row because we supposedly were using private APIs. All mails to Apple stayed unanswered. We joined in with a group of more than 20 camera app developers and wrote a petition to Apple pleading for a camera API and to allow our camera apps again to save our businesses.\n\nLuckily Apple had an open ear for us and realized the necessity for an official camera API which was then introduced with iOS 3.1 ...    \n    \nTo make a long story short - today we are a team of 5 people on the core-team plus a professional photographer and several freelancers. Recently, we invested lots of resources and energy in \"business development\". We realized that we needed to grow to keep up with the demanding App Store business and to be able to satisfy our customer’s wishes - and also to realize our vision for the future.\n\nRecently a second developer joined the ProCamera project. Soon the third will follow. Within the next few months we will have 5 developers working on ProCamera along with the rest of the team (if enough people buy ProCamera during Christmas time). Most of us work from the same location in Mannheim (Germany) or close by. Some are working remotely, e.g. from other places in Germany and one from Brisbane Australia.    \n\nBesides ProCamera we have our iCademy project. It\'s about mobile eLearning. Our first public app in this area is a free iPhone user manual and also a user manual for ProCamera. (<a href=\"www.icademy.eu\" target=\"_blank\">www.icademy.eu</a>)\n\nThere will also be another app in the area of iPhotography coming out this year. To be announced.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"481\"  alt=\"ProCamera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>Can you tell us about your flagship app, ProHDR, and give us its story: when, how and why it was created? How widespread is it? </h4>\n\nYou\'ve got most of the story above...but as for why...I started creating this app because I have loved the iPhone from the first minute I had it in my hands. But honestly, the camera of the first generation iPhone was like \"giving you the idea of a camera” rather than actually “giving you a camera”. In good light situations it was producing amazing results, but as soon as it got darker the results were lousy. The Anti-Shake function was the main reason for building a camera app. It just made sense to me that the accelerometer of the iPhone could help finding the best moment for capturing sharper and blur-free photos. (In low light-situations the exposure time is way higher so shaky hands lead even more to blurry photos).\n\nSo the first ProCamera had Anti-Shake and you could tap anywhere on the screen to capture an image immediately (even if Anti-Shake was activated). Later we started calling this \"big photo button\" the \"Full-Screen-Trigger\". And version 1.0 had a self-timer. I was and am convinced that every camera needs a timer. These features are still at the core of all the functionality the app offers. Especially the option to capture an image immediately at any time - even if the self-timer or anti-shake is active - is still our \"sacred cow\". It made UI design a bit more challenging, but I think our UI lead designer has done a great job with the camera UI (which, by the way, we are still fine-tuning). To date, we have approximately 400,000 active users around the world.    \n\n<h4>What\'s your opinion about PhotoAppLink as an opensource project? </h4>\nI think PhotoAppLink is a great project! I really like the idea. We are currently evaluating the best way of integrating it in ProCamera.\n\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"665\" height=\"481\"  alt=\"ProCamera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/ProCamera3.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\n\n<h4>What improvements will you be making to the app in the next update? </h4>\n\nThe next update will improve some aspects of the UI. The following updates will bring some bigger new features along with further fine-tuning. Early 2012 we will start focusing on improving the studios for post processing. \n\nSadly, we also need to invest some time and resources in finding a way to deal with app piracy. Especially in China, we have approximately 80-90% users that use a cracked version. We feel honored that so many people like and use ProCamera, but customers that pay for our product also help us to develop it further. We think it would be more fair to our paying customers if our \"cracked-app\" users would get on board and support us to make this app even better. Wouldn\'t that be better for everyone?','Meet The Developers: Daemgen.net – ProCamera','','inherit','open','open','','5718-revision-5','','','2011-10-18 10:44:11','2011-10-18 10:44:11','',5718,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/5718-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),